QUANTA SERVICES INC
S-1/A, 1998-02-10
ELECTRICAL WORK
Previous: STEELCASE INC, S-1/A, 1998-02-10
Next: MIDWEST BANC HOLDINGS INC, 424A, 1998-02-10



<PAGE>
 
   
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON FEBRUARY 10, 1998     
                                                     REGISTRATION NO. 333-42957
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                                ---------------
                               
                            AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO     
                                   FORM S-1
 
            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
                             QUANTA SERVICES, INC.
            (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
                                ---------------
                                                              
         DELAWARE                  1731                       74-2851603
     (STATE OR OTHER        (PRIMARY STANDARD           (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
      JURISDICTION OF           INDUSTRIAL               IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
      INCORPORATION OR        CLASSIFICATION
       ORGANIZATION)            CODE NUMBER)

                                JOHN R. COLSON                  
                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                               3555 TIMMONS LANE
                                   SUITE 610
                             HOUSTON, TEXAS 77027
                                (713) 629-7600
  (NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA
   CODE, OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES AND AGENT FOR SERVICE)
 
                                ---------------
                                  COPIES TO:
          JAMES S. RYAN, III                       STEPHEN A. RIDDICK
           BRAD L. WHITLOCK                      PIPER & MARBURY L.L.P.
        JACKSON WALKER L.L.P.                     CHARLES CENTER SOUTH
           901 MAIN STREET                      36 SOUTH CHARLES STREET
              SUITE 6000                       BALTIMORE, MARYLAND 21201
         DALLAS, TEXAS 75287                         (410) 539-2530
            (214) 953-6000
 
                                ---------------
       APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
  AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
 
  If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [_]
 
  If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
 
  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
 
  If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
 
  If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]
 
                                ---------------
  THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH
SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A         +
+REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE   +
+SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY  +
+OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT        +
+BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR   +
+THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE      +
+SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE    +
+UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF  +
+ANY SUCH STATE.                                                               +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
                                                           SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                                                             
                                                          FEBRUARY 10, 1998     
                                5,000,000 Shares
                        [LOGO OF QUANTA APPEARS HERE]
 
                                  Common Stock
 
                                   --------
 
  All of the 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.00001 par value (the "Common
Stock"), offered hereby are being offered by Quanta Services, Inc. (the
"Company"). The Company was founded in August 1997 to acquire four companies
engaged in specialty electric and telecommunications infrastructure contracting
services (the "Founding Companies") and has conducted no operations to date.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be
between $8.00 and $10.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for a discussion of the
factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price. The
Common Stock has been approved for listing, subject to notice of issuance, on
The New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") under the symbol "PWR". Of the net
proceeds to the Company from the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby, $21.0
million will be paid to the stockholders of the Founding Companies in
connection with the acquisition of the Founding Companies. See "Use of
Proceeds."
 
                                   --------
 
        THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
                    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 9.
 
                                   --------
 
 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR  HAS THE  COMMISSION PASSED UPON  THE ACCURACY OR
    ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                     TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  PRICE          UNDERWRITING         PROCEEDS
                                   TO            DISCOUNTS AND           TO
                                 PUBLIC           COMMISSIONS        COMPANY(1)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                 <C>               <C>
Per Share.................        $                  $                  $
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(2)..................      $                  $                  $
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(1) Before deducting expenses of the offering payable by the Company estimated
    at $2,900,000.
(2) The Company has granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to
    an additional 750,000 shares of Common Stock solely to cover over-
    allotments, if any. To the extent the option is exercised, the Underwriters
    will offer the additional shares at the Price to Public shown above. If the
    option is exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting
    Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to Company will be $         ,
    $          and $         , respectively. See "Underwriting."
 
                                   --------
 
  The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters, as stated
herein, subject to prior sale when, as and if delivered to and accepted by them
and subject to their right to reject any order in whole or in part. It is
expected that delivery of such shares will be made through the offices of BT
Alex. Brown Incorporated, Baltimore, Maryland, on or about                  ,
1998.
 
BT ALEX. BROWN
                         BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS
                                                            SANDERS MORRIS MUNDY
 
            The date of this Prospectus is                  , 1998.
<PAGE>

 
 
      [map of projects or office locations, pictures or other information]
 
 
                               ----------------
 
  CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK.
SPECIFICALLY, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING
AND MAY BID FOR AND PURCHASE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK IN THE OPEN MARKET. FOR
A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
 


<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 

<S>                                                                    <C> 

         Photo of Fiber Optic Cable                                     Photo of Stadium Lighting














  Photo of Rebuild of Energized Distribution                             Photo of Damaged
  Lines Utilizing Specialized Robotic Arm                                Transmission Tower


</TABLE> 

<PAGE>
 

<TABLE> 
<CAPTION> 


<S>                                                               <C> 

    Photo of Erection of 500,000 Volt Tower                        Photo of Installation of Tramsmission Lines


















                                                Photo of Installation of Undeground
                                                        Distribution System


</TABLE> 

<PAGE>
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
  Concurrently with the closing of the offering made hereby (the "Offering"),
Quanta Services, Inc. plans to acquire, in separate transactions (collectively,
the "Acquisitions"), in exchange for consideration including shares of its
Common Stock, four businesses: PAR Electrical Contractors, Inc. ("PAR"), Union
Power Construction Company ("Union Power"), TRANS TECH Electric, Inc. ("TRANS
TECH") and Potelco, Inc. ("Potelco" and, together with PAR, Union Power and
TRANS TECH, the "Founding Companies"). Unless otherwise indicated, references
herein to "Quanta" mean Quanta Services, Inc. and references to the "Company"
mean Quanta and the Founding Companies collectively.
 
  The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the detailed
information and financial statements, including the notes thereto, appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, the information and
share and per share data in this Prospectus (i) give effect to the
Acquisitions, (ii) assume the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not
exercised and (iii) give effect to a 1,613.6016-for-1 stock split of the Common
Stock effected in December 1997.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
  Quanta was founded in August 1997 to create a leading provider of specialty
electrical contracting and maintenance services primarily related to electric
and telecommunications infrastructure in North America. In addition, the
Company provides electrical contracting services to the commercial and
industrial markets and installs transportation control and lighting systems.
The Company's services include the installation, repair and maintenance of
electric power transmission and distribution lines and telecommunication and
cable television lines, the construction of electric substations, the erection
of cellular telephone, PCS(R) and microwave towers, the installation of highway
lighting and traffic control systems, design and engineering services and the
provision of specialty contracting services for electric, video, security,
fire, voice and data systems. The Company's customers include electric
utilities, telecommunication and cable television system operators,
governmental entities, general contractors and builders, owners and managers of
commercial and industrial properties.
   
  Concurrently with the closing of the Offering, Quanta will acquire the four
Founding Companies, making it one of the largest providers of specialty
electric and telecommunications infrastructure contracting services in its
markets. The Company has a total of 13 offices in eight states and performed
work in 18 states during 1996, principally in the midwest and western U.S. The
Company believes that its size, geographical diversity, industry relationships,
expertise in specialty services, design and engineering capability and number
of skilled personnel provide the Company with significant competitive
advantages. During 1996, the Company generated pro forma combined revenues,
operating income and net income of $108.1 million, $6.3 million and $2.9
million, respectively. During the first nine months of 1997, the Company
generated pro forma combined revenues, operating income and net income of
$108.7 million, $12.8 million and $7.2 million, respectively.     
 
  The Company estimates that the electrical and telecommunications contracting
industry generates annual revenues in excess of $40 billion. The Company
believes that it will be well-positioned to capitalize on significant trends
currently affecting its industry. The Company expects that these trends, which
include the continuing deregulation of utilities, the upgrading and expansion
of existing infrastructure and the increased outsourcing of services to
providers such as the Company, will provide significant opportunities for
growth.
 
  The Company believes that its industry is highly fragmented. According to the
U.S. Census Bureau, there are more than 50,000 electrical and
telecommunications contracting businesses, consisting of a small number of
regional or national providers and a large number of relatively small, owner-
operated businesses that have limited access to capital and that offer a
limited range of services. The Company believes that
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
 
the fragmented nature of the industry presents substantial consolidation and
growth opportunities for companies with a disciplined acquisition program, a
decentralized operating strategy and access to financial resources required to
complete acquisitions and to capitalize on industry growth opportunities.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
  The Company plans to achieve its goal of becoming a leading provider of
specialty electric and telecommunications infrastructure contracting services
in North America by (i) implementing its operating strategy, which focuses on
managing on a decentralized basis and achieving operating efficiencies, (ii)
emphasizing continued internal growth and (iii) expanding through acquisitions.
The key elements of the Company's strategy are:
 
  Operating Strategy. The Company intends to manage its operations on a
decentralized basis while maintaining operating and financial controls. Local
management will retain responsibility for the operations, profitability and
growth of its business. Certain administrative functions will be centralized
following the Offering. While local management will retain control of the
operations of its business, the Company's executive management will have
responsibility for corporate strategy and acquisitions, financing, insurance,
investor relations and employee benefit plans. In addition, by combining
overlapping operations of certain of the Founding Companies, the Company
expects to achieve more efficient asset utilization and realize savings in
overhead and other expenses. The Company believes that its operating
efficiency, financial strength, technical expertise, presence in key geographic
areas and reputation for quality and reliability provide competitive advantages
in bidding for, winning and executing new contracts for infrastructure
projects.
 
  Internal Growth. The Founding Companies experienced internal revenue growth
at a compound annual rate of 19.0% between 1994 and 1996. The Company is
focused on continuing its strong internal growth by (i) increasing the volume
of services provided to existing customers, including additional volumes
resulting from increased outsourcing by its customers, (ii) expanding the range
of services provided to existing customers to include additional specialties,
(iii) broadening its customer base to include additional businesses not
presently served by the Company and (iv) geographically expanding its service
area.
 
  Acquisitions. The Company believes that the increasing trend toward the
outsourcing of services to the electric and telecommunications infrastructure
contracting industry will result in a competitive disadvantage for small and
mid-sized companies that do not have access to capital for growth and cannot
provide a broad range of specialty contracting services on a regional or
national basis. In addition, the Company expects that there will continue to be
a large number of attractive acquisition candidates due to the highly
fragmented nature of the industry, the inability of many companies to expand
and modernize due to capital constraints and the desire of owners for
liquidity. The Company intends to actively pursue acquisitions of well-
established companies to enter new geographic markets and expand the range of
services and leverage existing operations within existing markets.
 
  Quanta believes that the prominence and operating strength of the Company and
the experience of its executive management will provide the Company with
significant competitive advantages as it pursues its growth strategy.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
 
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
Common Stock offered hereby......  5,000,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding
 after the Offering.............. 15,872,333 shares(1)
Use of Proceeds.................. To pay the cash portion of the purchase price
                                  of the Founding Companies, to repay all or a
                                  portion of debt of the Founding Companies, to
                                  repay expenses incurred in connection with
                                  the organization of Quanta and the Offering
                                  and for general corporate purposes, including
                                  future acquisitions.
Proposed NYSE symbol............. PWR
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Includes (i) 7,527,000 shares to be issued to the owners of the Founding
    Companies, (ii) 5,000,000 shares to be sold in the Offering and (iii)
    3,345,333 shares of a special class of Common Stock ("Limited Vote Common
    Stock") issued to the initial stockholders and certain management personnel
    of the Company. Excludes options to purchase 1,500,000 shares of Common
    Stock that are expected to be granted upon consummation of the Offering at
    an exercise price equal to or greater than the initial public offering
    price. See "Management--1997 Stock Option Plan," "Certain Transactions--
    Organization of the Company" and "Description of Capital Stock--Common
    Stock and Limited Vote Common Stock."
 
                           ACQUISITION CONSIDERATION
 
  The aggregate consideration to be paid by Quanta in the Acquisitions consists
of approximately $21.0 million in cash (approximately    % of the net proceeds
of the Offering) and 7,527,000 shares of Common Stock (collectively, the
"Acquisition Consideration"). The Acquisition Consideration was determined by
arms-length negotiations between Quanta and representatives of each Founding
Company and was based primarily on the pro forma adjusted net income of each
Founding Company. The cash portion of the Acquisition Consideration is subject
to adjustment, based upon the initial public offering price. For a more
detailed description of these transactions, see "Certain Transactions--
Organization of the Company."
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
                   SUMMARY PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
  Quanta will acquire the Founding Companies simultaneously with and as a
condition to the consummation of the Offering. For financial statement
presentation purposes, PAR has been identified as the "accounting acquiror," as
its stockholders will represent the largest voting interest within the Company.
The following summary unaudited pro forma combined financial data present
certain data for the Company, as adjusted for (i) the effects of the
Acquisitions, (ii) the effects of certain other pro forma adjustments to the
historical financial statements and (iii) the consummation of the Offering and
the application of the net proceeds therefrom. The unaudited pro forma combined
income statement data assume that the Acquisitions, the Offering and related
transactions were closed on January l, 1996 and are not necessarily indicative
of the results that the Company would have obtained had these events actually
occurred then or of the Company's future results. During the periods presented
below, the Founding Companies were not under common control or management and,
therefore, the data presented may not be comparable to or indicative of
postcombination results to be achieved by the Company. The unaudited pro forma
combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with the other
financial information included elsewhere in this Prospectus. See "Selected
Financial Data," the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements and
notes thereto and the historical financial statements of the Founding Companies
and the notes thereto, all included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                    PRO FORMA COMBINED
                                           ------------------------------------
                                              YEAR ENDED     NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                           DECEMBER 31, 1996 SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                           ----------------- ------------------
<S>                                        <C>               <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenues................................     $108,143           $108,666
  Cost of services (including
   depreciation)..........................       91,769             87,296
                                               --------           --------
  Gross profit............................       16,374             21,370
  Selling, general and administrative
   expenses(1)............................        8,394              7,293
  Goodwill amortization(2)................        1,675              1,256
                                               --------           --------
  Income from operations..................        6,305             12,821
  Other income (expense), net(3)..........         (400)              (178)
                                               --------           --------
  Income before income tax expense........        5,905             12,643
  Provision for income taxes(4)...........        2,994              5,424
                                               --------           --------
  Net income..............................     $  2,911           $  7,219
                                               ========           ========
  Net income per share....................     $   0.18           $   0.46
                                               ========           ========
  Shares used in computing pro forma
   income per share(5)....................       15,835             15,835
<CAPTION>
                                                        PRO FORMA
                                           ------------------------------------
                                                    SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                           ------------------------------------
                                              COMBINED(6)      AS ADJUSTED(7)
                                           ----------------- ------------------
<S>                                        <C>               <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:(8)
  Working capital (deficit)...............     $(19,473)(9)       $ 13,986
  Total assets............................      132,927            133,211
  Long-term debt, net of current
   maturities.............................        5,421                 --
  Total stockholders' equity..............       63,342            102,222
</TABLE>    
 
                         (Footnotes on following page)
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
- --------
   
(1) The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations data reflect an
    aggregate of approximately $0.9 million and $1.8 million for the year ended
    December 31, 1996 and the nine months ended September 30, 1997,
    respectively, in pro forma reductions in salary, bonus and benefits of the
    owners of the Founding Companies to which they have agreed prospectively.
    Additionally, excludes the $13.0 million non-recurring non-cash charge
    recognized by Quanta related to the issuance of stock to an initial
    stockholder and management, as a result of the issuance of such shares for
    nominal consideration. See Note 2 of Notes to Financial Statements of
    Quanta.     
 
(2) Reflects amortization of the goodwill to be recorded as a result of the
    Acquisitions over a 40-year period and computed on the basis described in
    the notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.
 
(3) Reflects the reduction for interest expense of $1.4 million and $1.0
    million for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the nine months ended
    September 30, 1997, respectively, attributable to the repayment of $17.6
    million of historical debt of the Founding Companies with proceeds from the
    Offering, net of additional interest expense discussed in Note 8 below.
    Additionally, reflects reductions in expenses associated with certain non-
    operating assets that will be transferred to the Founding Companies prior
    to the Acquisitions.
 
(4) Assumes all pretax income before non-deductible goodwill and other
    permanent items is subject to an estimated 39.0% combined tax rate.
 
(5) Includes (i) 7,527,000 shares of Common Stock to be issued to the owners of
    the Founding Companies, (ii) 3,345,333 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock
    issued to the initial stockholders and certain management personnel of the
    Company and (iii) 4,962,259 shares of the 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock
    to be sold in the Offering to pay the cash portion of the Acquisition
    Consideration, to repay expenses incurred in connection with the
    organization of Quanta and the Offering and to retire debt.
 
(6) Reflects the Acquisitions and related transactions as if they had occurred
    on September 30, 1997 as described in the notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma
    Combined Financial Statements. The unaudited pro forma combined balance
    sheet data should be read in conjunction with the other financial
    information and historical financial statements and notes thereto included
    elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
(7) Reflects the closing of the Offering and the Company's application of the
    net proceeds therefrom to fund the cash portion of the Acquisition
    Consideration and to repay certain indebtedness of the Founding Companies.
    See "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions."
 
(8) Two of the Founding Companies have historically elected S corporation
    status for tax purposes. Prior to the Acquisitions, these Founding
    Companies will make distributions to their stockholders totaling
    approximately $7.8 million (the "S Corporation Distributions"). In order to
    fund the S Corporation Distributions, the Company will borrow approximately
    $7.8 million. Accordingly, pro forma interest expense has been increased by
    $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 and $0.5 million for the
    nine months ended September 30, 1997 and pro forma stockholders' equity has
    been reduced by approximately $7.8 million.
 
(9) Includes the estimated $21.0 million payable to owners of the Founding
    Companies, representing the actual cash portion of the Acquisition
    Consideration to be paid from a portion of the net proceeds of the
    Offering. The cash portion of the Acquisition Consideration will be
    determined based on the initial public offering price of the Common Stock
    offered hereby.
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
 
               SUMMARY INDIVIDUAL FOUNDING COMPANY FINANCIAL DATA
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
  The following table presents certain summary historical income statement data
of the Founding Companies for each of their three most recent fiscal years and
their nine month calendar year-to-date results for 1996 and 1997. The
historical income statement data presented below have not been adjusted for the
pro forma adjustments reflected in the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial
Statements, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The income statement data
presented below have been audited for certain of the Founding Companies and
certain of the periods as reflected in the historical financial statements of
such Founding Companies, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. Also, see
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Introduction."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   NINE MONTHS
                                                                 ENDED SEPTEMBER
                                         FISCAL YEARS ENDED(1)         30,
                                        ------------------------ ---------------
                                         1994     1995    1996    1996    1997
                                        -------  ------- ------- ------- -------
<S>                                     <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
PAR:
  Revenues............................. $43,909  $38,915 $42,684 $29,806 $36,439
  Income from operations...............   2,548    1,380   1,883     663   3,482
UNION POWER:
  Revenues.............................  12,614   25,636  42,792  22,147  37,202
  Income from operations...............     478    1,754   3,060     752   3,538
TRANS TECH:
  Revenues.............................  18,807   21,397  24,414  16,575  24,278
  Income from operations...............     224      824   2,140   1,592   3,229
POTELCO:
  Revenues.............................   9,463   17,147  14,549  10,173  13,248
  Income (loss) from operations........    (310)     200     632     139   2,055
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The fiscal years presented above are the years ended December 31, 1994,
    1995 and 1996, except with respect to Union Power for which the fiscal
    years presented are the years ended August 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
 
                                 RISK FACTORS
 
  In addition to the other information in this Prospectus, the following
factors should be considered carefully in evaluating the Company and its
business before purchasing shares of Common Stock offered hereby. This
Prospectus contains, in addition to historical information, forward-looking
statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The Company's actual results
could differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause
or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those
discussed in the following risk factors, "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and elsewhere in
this Prospectus.
 
  Absence of Combined Operating History. Quanta was founded in August 1997 but
has conducted no operations and generated no revenues to date. Quanta has
entered into agreements to acquire the Founding Companies simultaneously with,
and as a condition to, the closing of the Offering. The Founding Companies
have been operating and will continue to operate as separate independent
entities, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
integrate the operations of these businesses successfully or to institute the
necessary systems and procedures, including accounting and financial reporting
systems, to manage the combined enterprise on a profitable basis. In addition,
there can be no assurance that the recently assembled management group will be
able to successfully manage the combined entity and effectively implement the
Company's operating or growth strategies. The pro forma combined financial
results of the Founding Companies cover periods during which the Founding
Companies and Quanta were not under common control or management and,
therefore, may not be indicative of the Company's future financial or
operating results. The success of the Company will depend on management's
ability to integrate the Founding Companies and other companies acquired in
the future into one organization in a profitable manner. The inability of the
Company to successfully integrate the Founding Companies and to coordinate and
integrate certain operational, administrative, banking, insurance and
accounting functions and computer systems would have a material adverse effect
on the Company's financial condition and results of operations and would make
it unlikely that the Company's acquisition program will be successful. See
"Business--Strategy" and "Management."
 
  Risks Related to Acquisition Strategy. One of the Company's principal growth
strategies is to increase its revenues and the markets it serves through the
acquisition of additional electric and telecommunications infrastructure
contracting companies. The Company expects to face competition for acquisition
candidates, which may limit the number of acquisition opportunities and may
lead to higher acquisition prices. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be able to identify, acquire or profitably manage additional businesses
or to integrate successfully any acquired businesses into the Company without
substantial costs, delays or other operational or financial problems. Further,
acquisitions involve a number of special risks, including failure of the
acquired business to achieve expected results, diversion of management's
attention, failure to retain key personnel of the acquired business and risks
associated with unanticipated events or liabilities, some or all of which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. Customer dissatisfaction or performance
problems at a single acquired company could have an adverse effect on the
reputation of the Company generally. In addition, there can be no assurance
that the Founding Companies or other businesses acquired in the future will
achieve anticipated revenues and earnings. See "Business--Strategy."
 
  Risks Related to Acquisition Financing. The timing, size and success of the
Company's acquisition efforts and the associated capital commitments cannot be
readily predicted. The Company intends to use its Common Stock for all or a
portion of the consideration for future acquisitions. If the Common Stock does
not maintain a sufficient market value or potential acquisition candidates are
unwilling to accept Common Stock as part of the consideration for the sale of
their businesses, the Company may be required to utilize more of its cash
resources, if available, in order to pursue its acquisition program. If the
Company does not have sufficient cash resources, its growth could be limited
unless it is able to obtain additional
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
 
capital through future debt or equity financings. Using cash to complete
acquisitions and finance internal growth could substantially limit the
Company's financial flexibility, using debt could result in financial
covenants that limit the Company's operations and financial flexibility, and
using equity may result in dilution of the ownership interests of the then-
existing stockholders of the Company. The Company has recently initiated
negotiations with a group of commercial banks to provide the Company with a
credit facility to be used for acquisitions, working capital and other general
corporate purposes and may result in financial covenants that limit the
Company's operations and financial flexibility. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to obtain financing if and when it is needed or that,
if available, it will be available on terms the Company deems acceptable. As a
result, the Company may be unable to pursue its acquisition strategy
successfully. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations--Combined Liquidity and Capital Resources" and
"Business--Strategy."
 
  Risks Related to Operating and Internal Growth Strategies. A key element of
the Company's strategy is to increase the profitability and revenues of the
Founding Companies and any subsequently acquired businesses. Although the
Company intends to implement this strategy by various means, there can be no
assurance that the Company will be able to do so successfully. A key component
of the Company's strategy is to operate the Founding Companies and
subsequently acquired businesses on a decentralized basis, with local
management retaining responsibility for day-to-day operations, profitability
and the internal growth of the business. If proper overall business controls
are not implemented, this decentralized operating strategy could result in
inconsistent operating and financial practices at the Founding Companies and
subsequently acquired businesses, and the Company's overall profitability
could be adversely affected. The Company's ability to generate internal
earnings growth will be affected by, among other factors, its ability to
expand the range of services offered to customers, attract new customers,
increase the number of projects performed for existing customers, hire and
retain employees, open additional facilities and reduce operating and overhead
expenses. Many of these factors are beyond the control of the Company, and
there can be no assurance that the Company's strategies will be successful or
that it will be able to generate cash flow sufficient to fund its operations
and to support internal growth. The Company's inability to achieve internal
earnings growth could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business--
Strategy."
 
  Management of Growth. The Company expects to grow both internally and
through acquisitions. Management expects to expend significant time and effort
in evaluating, completing and integrating acquisitions and opening new
facilities. There can be no assurance that the Company's systems, procedures
and controls will be adequate to support the Company's operations as they
expand. Any future growth also will impose significant additional
responsibilities on members of senior management, including the need to
identify, recruit and integrate new senior level managers and executives.
There can be no assurance that such additional management will be identified
and retained by the Company. To the extent that the Company is unable to
manage its growth efficiently and effectively, or is unable to attract and
retain additional qualified management, the Company's financial condition and
results of operations could be materially adversely affected. See "Business--
Strategy."
 
  Availability of Qualified Employees. The Company's ability to provide high-
quality services on a timely basis requires an adequate supply of skilled
electricians, journeymen linemen and project managers. Accordingly, the
Company's ability to increase its productivity and profitability will be
limited by its ability to employ, train and retain skilled personnel necessary
to meet the Company's requirements. Many companies in the Company's industry
are currently experiencing shortages of qualified personnel, and there can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain an adequate skilled
labor force necessary to operate efficiently, that the Company's labor
expenses will not increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of skilled
personnel or that the Company will not have to curtail its planned internal
growth as a result of labor shortages. See "Business--Employees" and "--
Training, Quality Assurance and Safety."
 
                                      10
<PAGE>
 
  Unionized Workforce. Approximately 90% of the Company's employees are
covered by collective bargaining agreements. Although the majority of these
agreements prohibit strikes and work stoppages, there can be no assurance that
strikes or work stoppages will not occur in the future. Strikes or work
stoppages and the resultant adverse impact on the Company's relationship with
its customers could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. In addition, the Company's
acquisition strategy could be adversely affected because of its union status
for a variety of reasons, including without limitation, incompatibility with a
target's existing unions and reluctance of non-union targets to become
affiliated with a union based company. See "Business--Employees."
 
  Competition. The electric and telecommunications infrastructure contracting
industry is highly competitive and is served by numerous small, owner-operated
private companies, public companies and several large regional companies. In
addition, there are relatively few, if any, barriers to entry into the market
in which the Company operates and, as a result, any organization that has
adequate financial resources and access to technical expertise may become a
competitor to the Company, including public utilities. Competition in the
industry depends on a number of factors, including price. Certain of the
Company's competitors may have lower overhead cost structures and may,
therefore, be able to provide their services at lower rates than the Company.
In addition, some of the Company's competitors are larger and have greater
resources than the Company. There can be no assurance that the Company's
competitors will not develop the expertise, experience and resources to
provide services that are equal or superior in both price and quality to the
Company's services, or that the Company will be able to maintain or enhance
its competitive position. The Company may also face competition from the in-
house service organizations of its existing or prospective customers,
including electric utility and telecommunications services providers, which
employ personnel who perform some of the same types of services as those
provided by the Company. There can be no assurance that existing or
prospective customers of the Company will continue to outsource services in
the future. See "Business--Competition."
 
  Contract Bidding Risks. A significant portion of the Company's revenues are,
and will continue to be, generated under fixed price contracts. The Company
must estimate the costs of completing a particular project, and the cost of
labor and materials may vary from the costs originally estimated by the
Company. These variations and other risks inherent in performing fixed price
contracts may result in revenue and gross profits different from those
originally estimated, which could result in reduced profitability or losses on
projects. Depending upon the size of a particular project, variations from
estimated contract costs can have a significant impact on the Company's
operating results for any fiscal quarter or year. See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Introduction."
 
  Certain of the Company's contracts are master service agreements pursuant to
which work is assigned on a project by project basis. There is generally no
obligation on the part of the Company's customers to assign work to the
Company under these agreements and there can be no assurance that customers
will continue to assign work to the Company. A significant decline in work
assigned pursuant to these contracts could have a material adverse effect on
the results of operations of the Company.
 
  Seasonality; Fluctuations of Quarterly Results. The electric and
telecommunications infrastructure contracting business can be subject to
seasonal variations. Generally, during the winter months, demand for new
projects and maintenance services may be lower due to reduced construction
activity during inclement weather, while demand for electrical service and
repairs may be higher due to damage caused by such weather. Additionally, the
industry can be highly cyclical. As a result, the Company's volume of business
may be adversely affected by declines in new projects in various geographic
regions of the U.S. Quarterly results may also be materially affected by the
timing of acquisitions, variations in the margins of projects performed during
any particular quarter, the timing and magnitude of acquisition assimilation
costs and regional economic conditions. Accordingly, the Company's operating
results in any particular quarter may not be indicative of the results that
can be expected for any other quarter or for
 
                                      11
<PAGE>
 
the entire year. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations--Seasonality; Fluctuations of Quarterly
Results."
 
  Potential Exposure to Environmental Liabilities. The Company's operations
are subject to various environmental laws and regulations, including those
dealing with handling and disposal of waste products, polychlorinated
biphenyls, fuel storage and air quality. As a result of past and future
operations at its facilities, the Company may be required to incur remediation
costs and other expenses related thereto. In addition, although the Company
intends to conduct appropriate due diligence with respect to environmental
matters in connection with future acquisitions, there can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to identify or be indemnified for all potential
environmental liabilities relating to any acquired business.
 
  Control by Existing Management and Stockholders. Following consummation of
the Acquisitions and the Offering, the Company's executive officers and
directors, former stockholders of the Founding Companies and entities
affiliated with them will beneficially own approximately 9.1 million shares of
Common Stock and Limited Vote Common Stock, representing approximately 57.3%
of the aggregate outstanding shares of Common Stock and Limited Vote Common
Stock (55.0% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full).
The initial stockholders of the Company, certain members of management and
others own 3,345,333 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock. Shares of Limited
Vote Common Stock are entitled to elect one member of the Company's Board of
Directors and are entitled to 0.10 of one vote for each share held on all
other matters on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote. Holders
of Limited Vote Common Stock are not entitled to vote on the election of any
other directors. The Company's executive officers and directors and former
stockholders of the Founding Companies will control in the aggregate
approximately 60.0% of all shares of Common Stock (which percentage excludes
shares of Limited Vote Common Stock) and, if acting in concert, will be able
to control the Company's affairs, elect all except one of the members of the
Board of Directors and control the outcome of any matter submitted to a vote
of stockholders. See "Principal Stockholders."
 
  Dependence on Key Personnel. The Company's operations are dependent on the
continued efforts of its executive officers and on senior management of the
Founding Companies. Furthermore, the Company will likely be dependent on the
senior management of companies that it may acquire in the future. Although the
Company will enter into an employment agreement with each of the Company's
executive officers and other key employees, there can be no assurance that any
individual will continue in such capacity for any particular period of time.
The loss of key personnel, or the inability to hire and retain qualified
employees could have an adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. The Company does not intend to carry key-
person life insurance on any of its employees. See "Management."
 
  Proceeds of Offering Payable to Affiliates. A portion of the net proceeds of
this Offering will be used to pay the cash portion of the Acquisition
Consideration to the owners of the Founding Companies (many of whom will
become officers, directors or key employees of the Company). A portion of the
remaining net proceeds will be used to repay all or some of the indebtedness
of the Founding Companies, although the exact amount that will be repaid has
not yet been determined. Approximately $7.8 million of such indebtedness was
incurred to make the S Corporation Distributions. Additionally, Main Street
Merchant Partners II, L.P. ("Main Street") has agreed to advance to Quanta
until consummation of the Acquisitions and the Offering, such funds as are
necessary to effect the Acquisitions and the Offering and will be reimbursed
from the proceeds of the Offering for these advances. See "Use of Proceeds"
and "Certain Transactions." Additionally, the Company has entered into leases
of real property and equipment with owners of certain of the Founding
Companies, who will become directors of the Company following the Offering, or
their respective affiliates. Because of these relationships between the
parties, these leases have not been negotiated at arm's length. See "Certain
Transactions."
 
  Shares Eligible for Future Sale. Simultaneously with the closing of the
Offering, the stockholders of the Founding Companies will receive, in the
aggregate, 7,527,000 shares of Common Stock as a portion
 
                                      12
<PAGE>
 
of the Acquisition Consideration for their businesses. Additionally, the
initial stockholders of the Company, certain members of management and others
own 3,345,333 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock. None of these shares was or
will be issued in a transaction registered under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Securities Act"), and, accordingly, such shares may not be
sold except in transactions registered under the Securities Act or pursuant to
an exemption from registration, including the exemption contained in Rule 144
under the Securities Act. When these shares become eligible for sale, the
market price of the Common Stock could be adversely affected by the sale of
substantial amounts of the shares in the public market. The stockholders of
the Founding Companies have certain registration rights with respect to their
shares to be received that may be exercised after the expiration of the two-
year lock-up period described below. If such stockholders, by exercising such
registration rights, cause a large number of shares to be registered and sold
in the public market, such sales may have an adverse effect on the market
price of the Common Stock. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
  Upon the closing of this Offering, the Company also expects to have
outstanding options to purchase up to a total of 1,500,000 shares of Common
Stock issued pursuant to the Company's 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "1997 Stock
Option Plan"). The number of shares issuable pursuant to such plan is the
greater of 2,380,850 shares or 15% of the outstanding Common Stock. The
Company intends to register all the shares subject to these options under the
Securities Act for public resale. See "Management--1997 Stock Option Plan."
 
  The Company has agreed that it will not offer, sell or issue any shares of
Common Stock or options, rights or warrants to acquire any Common Stock for a
period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written
consent of BT Alex. Brown Incorporated, except for the grant of employee stock
options and for shares issued (i) in connection with acquisitions and (ii)
pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the 1997 Stock Option Plan.
Further, the Company's directors, executive officers and certain stockholders
who beneficially own 10,872,333 shares of Common Stock and Limited Vote Common
Stock in the aggregate have agreed not to directly or indirectly offer for
sale, sell or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock or Limited Vote Common
Stock for a period of two years after the date of this Prospectus without the
prior written consent of BT Alex. Brown Incorporated.
 
  The Company currently intends to file a Registration Statement on Form S-1
covering up to an additional 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock under the
Securities Act for its use in connection with future acquisitions. These
shares generally will be freely tradeable after their issuance by persons not
affiliated with the Company unless the Company contractually restricts their
resale.
 
  The effect, if any, of the availability for sale, or sale, of the shares of
Common Stock eligible for future sale on the market price of the Common Stock
prevailing from time to time is unpredictable, and no assurance can be given
that the effect will not be adverse.
 
  No Prior Market; Possible Volatility of Stock Price. Prior to the Offering,
there has been no public market for the Common Stock. The initial public
offering price of the Common Stock will be determined through negotiations
between the Company and the representatives of the Underwriters and may not be
indicative of the price at which the Common Stock will trade after the
Offering. See "Underwriting" for a description of the factors to be considered
in determining the initial public offering price. The securities markets have,
from time to time, experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that
may be unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These
fluctuations often substantially affect the market price of a company's stock.
The Common Stock has been approved for listing, subject to notice of issuance,
on the NYSE, although no assurance can be given that an active trading market
for the Common Stock will develop or, if developed, will continue after the
Offering. The market price of the Common Stock could be subject to significant
fluctuations in response to numerous factors, including the timing of
acquisitions by the Company, variations in financial results or announcements
of material events by the Company or its competitors. Regulatory changes,
developments in the Company's industry or changes in general conditions in the
economy or the financial markets could also adversely affect the market price
of the Common Stock.
 
                                      13
<PAGE>
 
  Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions. Certain provisions of the Company's
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware law
could, together or separately, discourage potential acquisition proposals,
delay or prevent a change in control of the Company or limit the price that
certain investors may be willing to pay in the future for shares of the Common
Stock. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation permits the Board
of Directors to determine the rights, preferences and restrictions of unissued
series of the Company's authorized Preferred Stock and to fix the number and
the designation of shares thereunder and to adopt amendments to the Bylaws.
The Bylaws contain restrictions regarding the right of stockholders to
nominate directors and to submit proposals to be considered at stockholder
meetings. Also, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and
Bylaws restrict the right of stockholders to call a special meeting of
stockholders and to act by written consent. The Company also is subject to
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), which,
subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging
in any of a broad range of business transactions with an "interested
stockholder" for a period of three years following the date such stockholder
became an interested stockholder. See "Description of Capital Stock."
 
  Immediate and Substantial Dilution. Purchasers of shares of the Common Stock
offered hereby will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net
tangible book value of their shares in the amount of $6.78 per share from the
initial public offering price. See "Dilution." In the event the Company issues
additional Common Stock in the future, including shares that may be issued in
connection with future acquisitions or other public or private financings,
purchasers of Common Stock in the Offering may experience further dilution in
the net tangible book value per share of the Common Stock.
 
  Absence of Dividends. The Company has never paid any cash dividends and does
not anticipate paying cash dividends on its Common Stock in the immediate
future. See "Dividend Policy."
 
  Forward-Looking Statements. There are a number of statements in this
Prospectus that address activities, events or developments which the Company
expects or anticipates will or may occur in the future, including such matters
as the Company's strategy for internal growth and improved profitability,
additional capital expenditures (including the amount and nature thereof),
acquisitions of assets and businesses, industry trends and other such matters.
These statements are based on certain assumptions and analyses made by the
Company in light of its perception of historical trends, current business and
economic conditions and expected future developments as well as other factors
it believes are reasonable or appropriate. However, whether actual results and
developments will conform with the Company's expectations and predictions is
subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including the risk factors
discussed in this Prospectus; general economic, market or business conditions;
the business opportunities (or lack thereof) that may be presented to and
pursued by the Company; changes in laws or regulations and other factors, most
of which are beyond the control of the Company. Consequently, there can be no
assurance that the actual results or developments anticipated by the Company
will be realized or, even if substantially realized, that they will have the
expected consequences to or effects on the Company or its business or
operations.
 
                                      14
<PAGE>
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
  Quanta was founded in August 1997 to create a leading provider of specialty
electric and telecommunications infrastructure contracting services.
Concurrently with and as a condition to the closing of the Offering, Quanta
will acquire the four Founding Companies. For the year ended December 31,
1996, the Founding Companies, which have been in business an average of 36
years, had pro forma combined annual revenues of approximately $108.1 million.
A brief description of each of the Founding Companies is set forth below.
 
  PAR. PAR was founded in 1954 and is headquartered in North Kansas City,
Missouri. PAR maintains additional offices in Topeka, Kansas; Coal, Missouri;
Des Moines, Iowa; Aurora, Colorado and El Cajon, California and in 1996
provided services to customers in Missouri, Iowa, Colorado, Kansas, Nebraska,
California, Montana, Illinois, Hawaii, Utah and Wyoming. PAR had revenues of
approximately $42.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 and currently
has approximately 450 employees. PAR provides full electric infrastructure
contracting services, including installation of electrical transmission lines,
both underground and above ground, and distribution lines and construction of
electric substations. In addition, PAR provides emergency electrical
restoration services and other routine electrical system maintenance services.
John R. Colson, former President of PAR and the Chief Executive Officer of the
Company, will become a director of the Company following consummation of the
Offering. John R. Wilson, who is President of PAR, will become a director of
the Company following consummation of the Offering. Both of those individuals
will enter into three-year employment agreements with the Company.
 
  UNION POWER. Union Power was founded in 1946 and is headquartered in
Englewood, Colorado. Union Power maintains additional offices in Las Vegas and
Reno, Nevada and Vacaville, California and in 1996 provided services to
customers in Colorado, Nevada, California, Oregon, Washington and Utah. Union
Power had revenues of approximately $42.8 million for the year ended August
31, 1997 and currently has approximately 300 employees. Union Power provides
electric infrastructure contracting services, including installation of
electrical transmission lines, both underground and above ground, and
distribution lines and construction of electric substations. In addition,
Union Power provides electrical repair and maintenance services. Timothy A.
Soule and Ronald W. Soule, who are officers of Union Power, will enter into
three-year employment agreements with the Company, and Mr. Timothy Soule will
become a director of the Company following consummation of the Offering.
 
  TRANS TECH. TRANS TECH was founded in 1983, is headquartered in South Bend,
Indiana and in 1996 provided services to customers in Indiana, Kentucky and
Michigan. TRANS TECH had revenues of approximately $24.4 million for the year
ended December 31, 1996 and currently has approximately 205 employees. TRANS
TECH installs, maintains and repairs traffic signals, signage, highway control
systems components, highway and airport lighting and fiber optics for states
and other governmental entities. The company also performs traditional
electrical contracting services for private and public entities in the
commercial and industrial markets. Robert J. Urbanski and John A. Martell, who
are officers and founders of TRANS TECH, will enter into three-year employment
agreements with the Company, and Mr. Martell will become a director of the
Company following consummation of the Offering.
 
  POTELCO. Potelco was founded in 1965 and is headquartered near Seattle,
Washington. Potelco maintains an additional office in Spokane, Washington and
in 1996 provided services to customers in Washington, Oregon and Idaho.
Potelco had revenues of approximately $14.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996 and currently has approximately 145 employees. Potelco
provides electric and telecommunication infrastructure contracting services,
including installation of overhead and underground lines and facilities for
the power, telecommunications and cable television industries. In addition,
Potelco provides electrical and telecommunication installation, maintenance
and repair services to the commercial and industrial markets. Gary A. Tucci,
President of Potelco, will enter into a three-year employment agreement with
the Company and will become a director of the Company following consummation
of the Offering.
 
  Quanta was incorporated in Delaware in August 1997 under the name Fabal
Construction, Inc. and changed its name to Quanta Services, Inc. in November
1997. See "Certain Transactions--Organization of the Company." Its executive
offices are located at 3555 Timmons Lane, Suite 610, Houston, Texas 77027, and
its telephone number at that address is (713) 629-7600.
 
                                      15
<PAGE>
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
  The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and
estimated Offering and Acquisitions expenses) are estimated to be $38.9
million ($45.2 million if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised
in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $9.00 per share. Since
November 1997, Main Street Merchant Partners II, L.P. ("Main Street") has
advanced funds to the Company to enable the Company to pay various expenses
incurred in connection with its efforts to complete the Acquisitions and
consummate the Offering. Main Street's advances, which totaled approximately
$1.0 million as of January 22, 1998, and are estimated to total approximately
$2.9 million in the aggregate, will be repaid from the net proceeds of the
Offering.
 
  Of the net proceeds, the Company estimates that approximately $21.0 million
will be used to pay the cash portion of the Acquisition Consideration, all of
which will be paid to former stockholders of the Founding Companies and some
of which will be paid to persons who will become directors of the Company upon
consummation of the Offering. In addition, the Company may use up to $17.6
million to repay outstanding indebtedness of the Founding Companies, although
the exact amount and specific debt to be repaid has not been determined at
this time. The remaining net proceeds will be used for working capital and for
general corporate purposes, which are expected to include future acquisitions.
Pending such uses, the Company intends to invest the remaining net proceeds in
short-term, investment grade, interest bearing securities. While the Company
is continuously considering possible acquisition prospects as part of its
growth strategy, the Company presently has no binding agreements to effect any
mergers or acquisitions other than the Acquisitions.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
  The Company currently intends to retain its future earnings, if any, to
finance the growth, development and expansion of its business and,
accordingly, does not currently intend to declare or pay any cash dividends on
the Common Stock in the immediate future. The declaration, payment and amount
of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the Company's
Board of Directors after taking into account various factors, including, among
others, the Company's financial condition, results of operations, cash flows
from operations, current and anticipated capital requirements and expansion
plans, the income tax laws then in effect and the requirements of Delaware
law. In addition, the Company expects that the terms of any credit facility
that it may obtain in the future will include restrictions on payment of cash
dividends by the Company without the consent of the lender.
 
  Prior to the Acquisitions, certain of the Founding Companies will make the S
Corporation Distributions to their stockholders in the amount of approximately
$7.8 million.
 
                                      16
<PAGE>
 
                                CAPITALIZATION
 
  The following table sets forth the current maturities of long-term
obligations and the capitalization as of September 30, 1997 of the Company (i)
on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the Acquisitions and related
transactions and (ii) on a pro forma combined basis, as adjusted to give
effect to both the Acquisitions and related transactions and the Offering and
the application of estimated net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds."
This table should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Unaudited
Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements of the Company and the related notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                            PRO FORMA
                                                    ---------------------------
                                                        SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                                    ---------------------------
                                                    COMBINED(1)  AS ADJUSTED(4)
                                                    -----------  --------------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>
Current maturities of long-term obligations(3).....   $41,016(2)    $  7,841
                                                      =======       ========
Long-term debt, less current maturities............   $ 5,421       $     --
                                                      -------       --------
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock: $0.00001 par value, 10,000,000
   shares authorized; none issued or outstanding...        --             --
  Common Stock: $0.00001 par value, 40,000,000
   shares authorized; 7,527,000 issued and
   outstanding, pro forma combined; and 12,527,000
   shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as
   adjusted(4).....................................        --             --
  Limited Vote Common Stock; $0.00001 par value,
   3,345,333 shares authorized, issued and
   outstanding(5)..................................        --             --
  Additional paid-in capital.......................    52,485         91,365
  Unrealized loss on securities....................       (56)           (56)
  Retained earnings................................    10,913         10,913
                                                      -------       --------
    Total stockholders' equity.....................    63,342        102,222
                                                      -------       --------
      Total capitalization.........................   $68,763       $102,222
                                                      =======       ========
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) Combines the respective accounts of Quanta and the Founding Companies as
    reflected in the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet as of
    September 30, 1997 prior to the Offering.
 
(2) Includes $21.0 million payable to the owners of the Founding Companies,
    which represents the cash portion of the Acquisition Consideration to be
    paid from a portion of the net proceeds of the Offering. The cash portion
    of the Acquisition Consideration will be adjusted based on the initial
    public offering price of the Common Stock offered hereby.
 
(3) Includes $7.8 million borrowed to fund the S Corporation Distributions.
 
(4) Adjusted to reflect the sale of 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered
    hereby and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. See
    "Use of Proceeds." Excludes options to purchase 1,500,000 shares of Common
    Stock that are expected to be granted upon consummation of the Offering.
    See "Management--1997 Stock Option Plan."
 
(5) All of such shares of Limited Vote Common Stock have been issued to the
    initial stockholders and certain management of the Company. See "Certain
    Transactions" and "Description of Capital Stock."
 
                                      17
<PAGE>
 
                                   DILUTION
 
  The deficit in pro forma combined net tangible book value of the Company at
September 30, 1997 was approximately $(3.7) million, or $(0.34) per share of
Common Stock. The deficit in pro forma combined net tangible book value per
share is determined by dividing the pro forma net tangible book value of the
Company (pro forma combined net tangible assets less pro forma combined total
liabilities) by the number of shares of Common Stock to be outstanding after
giving effect to the Acquisitions. The number of shares includes the
10,872,333 shares outstanding after the Acquisitions but prior to the
Offering. After giving effect to the sale by the Company of 5,000,000 shares
of Common Stock in the Offering and assuming an initial public offering price
of $9.00 per share, after deduction of the underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated Offering and Acquisitions expenses, the pro forma
combined net tangible book value of the Company at September 30, 1997 would
have been $35.2 million or $2.22 per share. This represents an immediate
increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $2.56 per share to existing
stockholders and an immediate dilution to new investors purchasing Common
Stock in the Offering of $6.78 per share. The following table illustrates the
per share dilution to new investors purchasing Common Stock in the Offering:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                               <C>     <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share..................         $9.00
  Pro forma combined deficit in net tangible book value per share
   prior to the Offering......................................... $(0.34)
  Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share
   attributable to new investors.................................   2.56
                                                                  ------
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offering.          2.22
                                                                          -----
Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors...         $6.78
                                                                          =====
</TABLE>
 
  The following table sets forth, on a pro forma combined basis to give effect
to the Acquisitions at September 30, 1997, the number of shares of Common
Stock purchased from the Company, the total consideration paid and the average
price per share paid by (i) existing stockholders, (ii) stockholders of the
Founding Companies and (iii) the new investors purchasing shares from the
Company in the Offering (before deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated Offering and Acquisition expenses):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   SHARES PURCHASED                    AVERAGE
                                  ------------------      TOTAL         PRICE
                                    NUMBER   PERCENT CONSIDERATION(2) PER SHARE
                                  ---------- ------- ---------------  ---------
<S>                               <C>        <C>     <C>              <C>
Existing stockholders and
 stockholders of Founding
 Companies(1).................... 10,872,333   68.5%   $(3,658,000)    $(0.34)
New investors....................  5,000,000   31.5     45,000,000       9.00
                                  ----------  -----    -----------
  Total.......................... 15,872,333  100.0%   $41,342,000
                                  ==========  =====    ===========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) See "Certain Transactions" for a discussion of the issuance of Common
    Stock to the initial stockholders and certain management of Quanta.
 
(2) Total consideration paid by Founding Company stockholders represents the
    combined stockholders' equity of the Founding Companies before the
    Offering, adjusted to reflect: (i) the payment of the estimated $21.0
    million in cash to the stockholders of the Founding Companies as part of
    the Acquisition Consideration and (ii) the S Corporation Distributions.
 
                                      18
<PAGE>
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
  Quanta will acquire the Founding Companies simultaneously with and as a
condition to the consummation of the Offering. For financial statement
presentation purposes, however, PAR has been identified as the "accounting
acquiror," as its stockholders will represent the largest voting interest
within the Company. The following selected historical financial data for PAR
as of December 31, 1996 and September 30, 1997 and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 1996, and the nine months ended September 30,
1997, have been derived from the audited financial statements of PAR included
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The following selected historical financial data
for PAR as of December 31, 1992, 1993, 1994, and 1995 and for each of the two
years in the period ended December 31, 1993 and as of and for the nine months
ended September 30, 1996 have been derived from the unaudited financial
statements of PAR, which have been prepared on the same basis as the audited
financial statements and, in the opinion of PAR's management, reflect all
adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a
fair presentation of such data. The results of operations for the nine months
ended September 30, 1997 should not be regarded as indicative of the results
that may be expected for the full year.
 
  The selected unaudited pro forma combined financial data below present
certain data for the Company, adjusted for (i) the Acquisitions, (ii) the
effects of certain other pro forma adjustments to the historical financial
statements and (iii) the consummation of the Offering and the application of
the net proceeds therefrom. The unaudited pro forma combined income statement
data assume that the Acquisitions, the Offering and related transactions were
closed on January 1, 1996, and are not necessarily indicative of the results
the Company would have obtained had these events actually then occurred or of
the Company's future results. During the periods presented below, the Founding
Companies were not under common control or management and, therefore, the data
presented may not be comparable to or indicative of post-combination results
to be achieved by the Company. The unaudited pro forma combined income
statement data should be read in conjunction with the other financial
information included elsewhere in this Prospectus. See Unaudited Pro Forma
Combined Financial Statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        NINE MONTHS
                                                                           ENDED
                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               SEPTEMBER 30,
                         -------------------------------------------  ----------------
                          1992     1993     1994     1995     1996     1996     1997
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>
HISTORICAL STATEMENT OF
 OPERATIONS DATA:
 PAR
  Revenues.............. $23,803  $26,553  $43,909  $38,915  $42,684  $29,806  $36,439
  Cost of services
   (including
   depreciation)........  19,571   22,834   36,525   33,193   35,789   25,583   27,944
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
  Gross profit..........   4,232    3,719    7,384    5,722    6,895    4,223    8,495
  Selling, general and
   administrative ex-
   penses...............   3,325    2,895    4,836    4,342    5,012    3,560    5,013
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
  Income from
   operations...........     907      824    2,548    1,380    1,883      663    3,482
  Other income
   (expense), net.......    (216)    (251)    (412)    (512)    (646)    (458)    (567)
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
  Income before
   provision for income
   taxes................     691      573    2,136      868    1,237      205    2,915
  Provision for income
   taxes................     181      152      867      353      487       82    1,172
                         -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------  -------
  Net income............ $   510  $   421  $ 1,269  $   515  $   750  $   123  $ 1,743
                         =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======  =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      19
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                   NINE MONTHS
                                                      YEAR ENDED      ENDED
                                                     DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         1996         1997
                                                     ------------ -------------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>
 PRO FORMA COMBINED:
  Revenues..........................................   $108,143     $108,666
  Cost of services (including depreciation).........     91,769       87,296
                                                       --------     --------
  Gross profit......................................     16,374       21,370
  Selling, general and administrative expenses(1)...      8,394        7,293
  Goodwill amortization(2)..........................      1,675        1,256
                                                       --------     --------
  Income from operations............................      6,305       12,821
  Other income (expense), net(3)....................       (400)        (178)
                                                       --------     --------
  Income before income tax expense..................      5,905       12,643
  Provision for income taxes(4).....................      2,994        5,424
                                                       --------     --------
  Net income........................................   $  2,911     $  7,219
                                                       ========     ========
  Net income per share..............................   $   0.18     $   0.46
                                                       ========     ========
  Shares used in computing pro forma income per
   share(5).........................................     15,835       15,835
</TABLE>    
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                              HISTORICAL                              PRO FORMA
                         ----------------------------------------------------- --------------------------
                                      DECEMBER 31,                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                         ---------------------------------------               --------------------------
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30,                    AS
                          1992    1993    1994    1995    1996       1997      COMBINED(6)    ADJUSTED(7)
                         ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------------- -----------    -----------
<S>                      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>           <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:(8)
  Working capital
   (deficit)............ $ 1,157 $ 1,162 $ 1,959 $ 1,344 $   653    $  (549)    $(19,473)(9)    $13,986
  Total assets..........  11,610  11,786  18,365  18,595  20,699     27,438      132,927        133,211
  Long-term debt, net of
   current maturities...   2,194   1,225   3,532   2,932   2,000      1,867        5,421             --
  Total stockholders'
   equity...............   4,753   5,174   6,443   6,958   7,708      9,451       63,342        102,222
</TABLE>    
- --------
   
(1) The unaudited pro forma combined statement of operations data reflect an
    aggregate of approximately $0.9 million and $1.8 million for the year
    ended December 31, 1996 and the nine months ended September 30, 1997,
    respectively, in pro forma reductions in salary, bonus and benefits of the
    owners of the Founding Companies to which they have agreed prospectively.
    Additionally, excludes the $13.0 million non-recurring, non-cash charge
    recognized by Quanta related to the issuance of stock to an initial
    stockholder and management, as a result of the issuance of such shares for
    nominal consideration. See Note 2 of Notes to Financial Statements of
    Quanta.     
 
(2) Reflects amortization of the goodwill to be recorded as a result of the
    Acquisitions over a 40-year period and computed on the basis described in
    the notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.
 
(3) Reflects the reduction for interest expense of $1.4 million and $1.0
    million for the year ended December 31, 1996 and the nine months ended
    September 30, 1997, respectively, attributable to the repayment of $17.6
    million of historical debt of the Founding Companies with proceeds from
    the Offering, net of additional interest expense discussed in Note 8
    below. Additionally, reflects reductions in expenses associated with
    certain non-operating assets that will be transferred to the Founding
    Companies prior to the Acquisitions.
 
(4) Assumes all pretax income before non-deductible goodwill and other
    permanent items is subject to an estimated 39.0% combined tax rate.
 
                                      20
<PAGE>
 
(5) Includes (i) 7,527,000 shares of Common Stock to be issued to the owners
    of the Founding Companies, (ii) 3,345,333 shares of Limited Vote Common
    Stock issued to the initial stockholders and certain management personnel
    of the Company and (iii) 4,962,259 shares of the 5,000,000 shares of
    Common Stock to be sold in the Offering to pay the cash portion of the
    Acquisition Consideration, to repay expenses incurred in connection with
    the organization of Quanta and the Offering and to retire debt.
 
(6) Reflects the Acquisitions and related transactions as if they had occurred
    on September 30, 1997 as described in the notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma
    Combined Financial Statements. The unaudited pro forma combined balance
    sheet data should be read in conjunction with the other financial
    information and historical financial statements and notes thereto included
    elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
(7) Reflects the closing of the Offering and the Company's application of the
    net proceeds therefrom to fund the cash portion of the Acquisition
    Consideration and to repay certain indebtedness of the Founding Companies.
    See "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions."
 
(8) Two of the Founding Companies have historically elected S corporation
    status for tax purposes. Prior to the Acquisitions, these Founding
    Companies will make the S Corporation Distributions to their stockholders
    totaling approximately $7.8 million. In order to fund the S Corporation
    Distributions, the Company will borrow approximately $7.8 million.
    Accordingly, pro forma interest expense has been increased by $0.7 million
    for the year ended December 31, 1996 and $0.5 million for the nine months
    ended September 30, 1997 and pro forma stockholders' equity has been
    reduced by approximately $7.8 million.
 
(9) Includes the estimated $21.0 million payable to owners of the Founding
    Companies, representing the actual cash portion of the Acquisition
    Consideration to be paid from a portion of the net proceeds of the
    Offering. The cash portion of the Acquisition Consideration will be
    determined based on the initial public offering price of the Common Stock
    offered hereby.
 
                                      21
<PAGE>
 
               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  The following discussion and analysis contains certain statements of a
forward-looking nature relating to future events or the future financial
performance of the Company. Such statements are only predictions and the
actual events or results may differ materially from the results discussed in
the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such
differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in "Risk
Factors," as well as those discussed elsewhere in this Prospectus. The
historical results set forth in this discussion and analysis are not
indicative of trends with respect to any actual or projected future financial
performance of the Company. This discussion and analysis should be read in
conjunction with the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements, the
Founding Companies' Financial Statements and the related Notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
INTRODUCTION
 
  The Company's revenues are derived from providing specialty electrical
contracting and maintenance services related to electric and
telecommunications infrastructure, providing electrical contracting services
to the commercial and industrial markets and installing transportation control
and lighting systems. The Company's services include the installation, repair
and maintenance of electric power transmission and distribution lines and
telecommunication and cable television lines, the construction of electric
substations, the erection of cellular telephone, PCS(R) and microwave towers,
the installation of highway lighting and traffic control systems, design and
engineering services, as well as the provision of specialty contracting
services for electric, video, security, fire, voice and data systems. The
Company's customers include electric utilities, telecommunication and cable
television system operators, governmental entities, general contractors and
owners and managers of commercial and industrial properties. The Company had
pro forma combined revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 of
$108.7 million, of which 71% was attributable to electric utility
infrastructure services, 7% was attributable to telecommunications
infrastructure services, 11% was attributable to commercial and industrial
services and 11% was attributable to transportation control and lighting
systems services.
 
  The Company enters into contracts principally on the basis of competitive
bids, the final terms and prices of which are frequently negotiated with the
customer. Although the terms of the contracts undertaken by the Company vary
considerably, the contracts are usually on either a lump sum or unit price
basis in which the Company agrees to do the work for a fixed amount for the
entire project (lump sum) or for units of work performed (unit price). Most
installation projects are completed within one year, while maintenance and
repair work is frequently provided under open-ended, unit price master service
agreements which are renewable annually. Revenues from lump sum contracts are
generally recorded on a percentage-of-completion basis, using the cost-to-cost
method based on the percentage of total costs incurred to date in proportion
to total estimated costs to complete the contract. The Company recognizes
revenue when services are performed except when work is being performed under
a fixed price or cost-plus-fee contract. Such contracts generally provide that
the customer accept completion of progress to date and compensate the Company
for services which have been rendered, measured typically in terms of units
installed, hours expended or some other measure of progress. Certain of the
Company's customers require the Company to post performance and payment bonds
upon execution of the contract, depending upon the nature of the work to be
performed. The Company's fixed price contracts often include payment
provisions pursuant to which the customer withholds a 5% to 10% retainage from
each progress payment and forwards the retainage to the Company upon
completion and approval of the work.
 
  Costs of services consist primarily of salaries and benefits to employees,
depreciation, fuel and other vehicle expenses, equipment rentals,
subcontracted services, materials, parts and supplies. The Company's gross
margin, which is gross profit expressed as a percentage of revenues, is
typically higher on projects where labor, rather than materials, constitutes a
greater portion of the cost of services. Labor costs can be
 
                                      22
<PAGE>

calculated with relatively less accuracy than materials costs. Therefore, to
compensate for the potential variability of labor costs, the Company seeks to
maintain higher margins on its labor-intensive projects. Selling, general and
administrative expenses consist primarily of compensation and related benefits
to owners, administrative salaries and benefits, marketing, office rent and
utilities, communications and professional fees.
 
  The Founding Companies have operated throughout the periods presented as
independent, privately-owned entities, and their results of operations reflect
varying tax structures (S corporations or C corporations) which have
influenced the historical level of owners' compensation. Gross profits and
selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues may
not be comparable among the individual Founding Companies. In connection with
the Acquisitions, certain owners of the Founding Companies have agreed to
reductions in their compensation and related benefits totaling $0.9 million
versus 1996 levels. Such reductions have been reflected as a pro forma
adjustment in the Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statement of Operations and in
the terms of the employment agreements to be entered into between these
persons and the Company.
 
  The Company believes that it will realize savings from (i) consolidation of
insurance and bonding programs, (ii) reduction in other general and
administrative expenses such as training, marketing, communications and
professional fees, (iii) the Company's ability to borrow at lower interest
rates than most, if not all, of the Founding Companies, (iv) consolidation of
operations in certain locations and (v) greater volume discounts from
suppliers of materials, parts and supplies. It is anticipated that costs
related to the Company's new corporate management, being a public company and
integrating the Acquisitions will offset these savings. The Company believes
that neither these savings nor the costs associated therewith can be
quantified because the Acquisitions have not yet occurred, and there have been
no combined operating results upon which to base any assumptions. As a result,
these savings and associated costs have not been included in the pro forma
financial information included herein.
   
  In November 1997, the Company sold 1.7 million shares of Limited Vote Common
Stock to management and an initial stockholder. As a result, the Company will
record a non-recurring, non-cash compensation charge of $13.0 million,
representing the difference between the amount paid for the shares and the
estimated fair value of the shares on the date of sale (the "Compensation
Charge"). The Compensation Charge has been estimated based on a fair value
that is discounted from the estimated initial public offering price. This non-
recurring Compensation Charge is not included in the Unaudited Pro Forma
Combined Financial Statements.     
   
  The Acquisitions will be accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting. PAR has been designated as the "accounting acquiror" in the
Acquisitions. Accordingly, the excess of the fair value of the consideration
paid for the Acquisitions of $41.4 million over the fair value of the net
assets acquired by PAR from the other Founding Companies will be recorded as
"goodwill." In addition, goodwill of $25.6 million will be recorded
attributable to the 3,345,333 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock issued to
initial stockholders and management. Together, this goodwill, totaling $67.0
million, will be amortized over its estimated useful life of 40 years as a
non-cash charge to operating income. The pro forma effect of this amortization
expense, which is not deductible for tax purposes, is expected to be
approximately $1.7 million per year. For purposes of the transactions
discussed above, the Company utilized a $8.10 per share value for the Common
Stock and a $7.65 per share value for the Limited Vote Common Stock in
calculating goodwill. These valuations reflect a 10% and 15% discount,
respectively, from the expected initial public offering price, based on the
two-year lock-up agreement entered into by the stockholders of each Founding
Company and by the holders of the Limited Vote Common Stock with BT Alex.
Brown Incorporated. The amount of goodwill to be recorded and the related
amortization expense will depend in part on the actual Offering price. See
"Certain Transactions--Organization of the Company."     
 
                                      23
<PAGE>
 
REGULATORY MATTERS
 
  The Company's operations are subject to the authority of various state and
municipal regulatory bodies concerned with the licensing of contractors. The
Company has experienced no material difficulty in complying with the
requirements imposed on it by such regulatory bodies. See "Business--
Regulation."
 
SEASONALITY; FLUCTUATIONS OF QUARTERLY RESULTS
 
  The Company's results of operations can be subject to seasonal variations.
Generally, during the winter months, demand for new projects and maintenance
services may be lower due to reduced construction activity during such
weather, while demand for electrical service and repairs may be higher due to
damage caused by inclement weather. Additionally, the industry can be highly
cyclical. As a result, the Company's volume of business may be adversely
affected by declines in new projects in various geographic regions in the U.S.
Quarterly results may also be materially affected by the timing of
acquisitions, variations in the margins of projects performed during any
particular quarter, the timing and magnitude of acquisition assimilation costs
and regional economic conditions. Accordingly, the Company's operating results
in any particular quarter may not be indicative of the results that can be
expected for any other quarter or for the entire year.
 
COMBINED LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
  Upon consummation of the Acquisitions and after applying the estimated net
proceeds of the Offering as discussed under "Use of Proceeds," the Company
will have $2.5 million of pro forma cash and cash equivalents, $14.0 million
of pro forma working capital and no outstanding indebtedness other than debt
relating to the S Corporation Distributions. It is anticipated that the
Founding Companies' historical indebtedness of $17.6 million will be repaid
from the proceeds of the Offering. See discussion of individual Founding
Companies' liquidity and capital resources included elsewhere herein.
 
  In connection with and prior to the Acquisitions, certain Founding Companies
will make the S Corporation Distributions to their owners of substantially all
of their previously-taxed undistributed earnings. The pro forma combined
financial statements as of September 30, 1997 included elsewhere in this
Prospectus reflect pro forma adjustments for the estimated amount of these S
Corporation Distributions had they occurred in their entirety as of September
30, 1997. These pro forma adjustments reflect $7.8 million of S Corporation
Distributions.
 
  The Company has entered into a preliminary agreement with a commercial bank
under which it expects to enter into a credit facility effective concurrent
with the closing of the Offering. The terms and conditions of the agreement
provide for an unsecured five year $50,000,000 revolving credit facility to
provide funds to be used for working capital, to finance acquisitions and for
other general corporate purposes. Amounts borrowed under the proposed credit
facility will bear interest at a rate equal to either (a) the London Interbank
Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 0.75% to 1.75%, as determined by the ratio of the
Company's total funded debt to EBITDA (as defined in the credit facility) or
(b) the bank's prime rate plus up to 0.25%, as determined by the ratio of the
Company's total funded debt to EBITDA. Commitment fees of 0.175% to 0.30%
(based on certain financial ratios) are due on any unused borrowing capacity
under the credit facility. The Company's existing and future subsidiaries will
guarantee the repayment of all amounts due under the facility and the facility
restricts pledges on all material assets. The Company expects that the credit
facility will require usual and customary covenants for a credit facility of
this nature including the consent of the lenders for acquisitions exceeding a
certain level of cash consideration.
 
  As part of its growth strategy, the Company intends to pursue an acquisition
program. The timing, size or success of any acquisition effort and the
associated potential capital commitments cannot be predicted. The Company
expects to fund future acquisitions primarily with a portion of the net
proceeds of the Offering, working capital, issuances of additional equity,
borrowings, including any unborrowed portion of the proposed credit facility,
as well as cash flow from operations. The Company anticipates
 
                                      24
<PAGE>
 
that its cash flow from operations and proceeds from the Offering will provide
sufficient cash to enable the Company to meet its working capital needs, debt
service requirements and planned capital expenditures for property and
equipment through 1998. On a combined basis, the Founding Companies made
capital expenditures of $5.5 million in fiscal 1996.
 
  Due to relatively low levels of inflation experienced during the years ended
December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the first nine months of 1997, inflation did
not have a significant effect on the results of the combined Founding
Companies in those periods.
 
INDIVIDUAL FOUNDING COMPANIES
 
  The selected historical financial information presented in the tables below
is derived from the respective audited financial statements of the Founding
Companies included elsewhere herein. The following discussion should be read
in conjunction with the Financial Statements of the Founding Companies and the
notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
  For financial statement presentation purposes, as required by the rules and
regulations of the Securities Act, PAR has been identified as the accounting
acquiror, as its shareholders will represent the largest shareholding interest
in Quanta.
 
PAR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  PAR was founded in 1954 and is headquartered in North Kansas City, Missouri.
It operates primarily throughout the Midwestern and Western U.S. and maintains
divisional offices in Topeka, Kansas; Coal, Missouri; Des Moines, Iowa;
Aurora, Colorado and El Cajon, California. PAR focuses on providing full
electric infrastructure contracting services, including installation of
electric transmission lines, both underground and above ground, and
distribution lines and construction of electric substations. In 1996, PAR
provided services in Missouri, Iowa, Colorado, Kansas, Nebraska, California,
Montana, Illinois, Hawaii, Utah and Wyoming.
 
  The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data and
such data as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31                     SEPTEMBER 30,
                         -------------------------------------------  ----------------------------
                             1994           1995           1996           1996           1997
                         -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                      <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>
Revenues................ $43,909 100.0% $38,915 100.0% $42,684 100.0% $29,806 100.0% $36,439 100.0%
Cost of services........  36,525  83.2   33,193  85.3   35,789  83.8   25,583  85.8   27,944  76.7
                         ------- -----  ------- -----  ------- -----  ------- -----  ------- -----
  Gross profit..........   7,384  16.8    5,722  14.7    6,895  16.2    4,223  14.2    8,495  23.3
Selling, general and
 administrative
 expenses...............   4,836  11.0    4,342  11.2    5,012  11.7    3,560  11.9    5,013  13.8
                         ------- -----  ------- -----  ------- -----  ------- -----  ------- -----
Income from operations.. $ 2,548   5.8% $ 1,380   3.5% $ 1,883   4.5% $   663   2.3% $ 3,482   9.5%
                         ======= =====  ======= =====  ======= =====  ======= =====  ======= =====
</TABLE>
 
PAR results for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 compared to the nine
months ended September 30, 1996
 
  Revenues. Revenues increased $6.6 million, or 22.1%, from $29.8 million for
the nine months ended September 30, 1996 to $36.4 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1997, primarily as a result of an increased demand for the
Company's services in Missouri and California.
 
  Gross profit. Gross profit increased $4.3 million, or 102.4%, from $4.2
million for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 to $8.5 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 1997. As a percentage of revenues, gross
profit increased from 14.2% to 23.3%. The increase in gross profit and gross
 
                                      25
<PAGE>
 
margin is primarily due to increased labor productivity, renegotiated unit
pricing on certain long-term contracts, lower insurance expense and lower
equipment rental expense as PAR replaced rental equipment on certain projects
with company-owned equipment.
 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $1.4 million, or 38.9%, from $3.6 million
for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 to $5.0 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1997, primarily due to increased administrative
support required by the higher level of revenues and increases in owner
compensation. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative
expenses remained relatively constant.
 
PAR results for the year ended December 31, 1996 compared to the year ended
December 31, 1995
 
  Revenues. Revenues increased $3.8 million, or 9.8%, from $38.9 million for
the year ended December 31, 1995 to $42.7 million for the year ended December
31, 1996, primarily as a result of increased demand for the company's services
in Colorado and, to a lesser extent, in California, but were partially offset
by decreased activity in Missouri.
 
  Gross profit. Gross profit increased $1.2 million, or 21.1%, from $5.7
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $6.9 million for the year
ended December 31, 1996. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit increased
from 14.7% to 16.2%. This increase in gross profit was a result of improved
labor productivity and asset utilization but was partially offset by increases
in insurance costs and higher costs than anticipated on certain contracts.
 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $0.7 million, or 16.3%, from $4.3 million
for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $5.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996, primarily due to increases in administrative salaries
required to support the higher level of revenues generated from an increased
volume of projects and increases in owner compensation. As a percentage of
revenues, selling, general, and administrative expenses increased from 11.2%
to 11.7%.
 
PAR results for the year ended December 31, 1995 compared to the year ended
December 31, 1994
 
  Revenues. Revenues decreased $5.0 million, or 11.4%, from $43.9 million for
the year ended December 31, 1994 to $38.9 million for the year ended December
31, 1995, primarily due to severe winter weather in the Midwest during 1994,
which caused extraordinary damage to power transmission and distribution
lines, creating the need for increased repair work in 1994 when compared to
1995. Also, merger activity between utilities in Iowa in 1995 resulted in a
lower volume of activity by certain customers. The declines were partially
offset by increased demand for services in Missouri, Kansas and Colorado.
 
  Gross profit. Gross profit decreased $1.7 million, or 23.0%, from $7.4
million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $5.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 1995. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased
to 14.7% from 16.8%. This decrease in gross profit margin was primarily due to
the decreased level of revenues.
 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased $0.5 million, or 10.4%, from $4.8 million
for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $4.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 1995, primarily due to a decrease in owner compensation. As a
percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses remained
relatively constant.
 
                                      26
<PAGE>
 
PAR liquidity and capital resources
 
  PAR generated $3.0 million of net cash from operating activities for the
nine months ended September 30, 1997. Net cash used in investing activities
was approximately $4.6 million, primarily for the purchase of operating
equipment and vehicles. Net cash provided by financing activities of $1.1
million resulted from net borrowings of long-term debt and borrowings under
PAR's line of credit for purchases of operating equipment and vehicles.
 
  At September 30, 1997, PAR had a working capital deficit of $0.5 million and
total long-term debt of $1.9 million outstanding. PAR generated $2.7 million
in net cash from operating activities for the twelve months ended December 31,
1996. Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $2.6 million,
principally for the purchase of operating equipment. Net cash used in
financing activities of $0.4 million resulted from repayments of long-term
debt.
 
  At December 31, 1996, PAR had working capital of $0.7 million and $2.0
million of total long-term debt outstanding.
 
UNION POWER RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  Union Power was founded in 1946, and is headquartered in Englewood,
Colorado. It operates primarily west of the Mississippi River and in 1996
provided services to customers in California, Colorado, Nevada, Oregon, Utah
and Washington. Union Power is primarily involved in providing electric
infrastructure contracting services, including installation of electrical
transmission lines, both underground and above ground, and distribution lines
and construction of electric substations. In addition, Union Power provides
electrical repair and maintenance services.
 
  The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data and
such data as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                  YEARS ENDED AUGUST 31,                     NOVEMBER 30,
                         -------------------------------------------  ---------------------------
                             1995           1996           1997           1996          1997
                         -------------  -------------  -------------  ------------  -------------
                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                      <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>
Revenues................ $12,614 100.0% $25,636 100.0% $42,792 100.0% $7,211 100.0% $15,357 100.0%
Cost of services........  10,240  81.2   22,319  87.1   37,766  88.3   6,037  83.7   13,474  87.7
                         ------- -----  ------- -----  ------- -----  ------ -----  ------- -----
  Gross profit..........   2,374  18.8    3,317  12.9    5,026  11.7   1,174  16.3    1,883  12.3
Selling, general and
 administrative
 expenses...............   1,896  15.0    1,563   6.1    1,966   4.6     491   6.8      677   4.4
                         ------- -----  ------- -----  ------- -----  ------ -----  ------- -----
Income from operations.. $   478   3.8% $ 1,754   6.8% $ 3,060   7.1% $  683   9.5% $ 1,206   7.9%
                         ======= =====  ======= =====  ======= =====  ====== =====  ======= =====
</TABLE>
 
Union Power results for the three months ended November 30, 1997 compared to
the three months ended November 30, 1996
 
  Revenues. Revenues increased $8.2 million, or 113.0%, from $7.2 million for
the three months ended November 30, 1996 to $15.4 million for the three months
ended November 30, 1997, primarily due to increased demand for Union Power's
services in Nevada, a higher volume of work in California and increased
outsourcing of required services by utility customers, which resulted in a
higher component of subcontracted work.
 
  Gross profit. Gross profit increased $0.7 million, or 60.4%, from $1.2
million for the three months ended November 30, 1996 to $1.9 million for the
three months ended November 30, 1997, primarily as a result of the increase in
sales. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased to 12.3% from 16.3%
primarily as a result of a higher proportion of subcontract work and low
margin material costs.
 
                                      27
<PAGE>
 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $0.2 million, or 37.9%, from $0.5 million
for the three months ended November 30, 1996 to $0.7 million for the three
months ended November 30, 1997, due primarily to growth in the Company's
office staff needed to support the increased sales. As a percentage of
revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 6.8% to
4.4% primarily due to economies of scale.
 
Union Power results for the year ended August 31, 1997 compared to the year
ended August 31, 1996
 
  Revenues. Revenues increased $17.2 million, or 67.2%, from $25.6 million for
the year ended August 31, 1996 to $42.8 million for the year ended August 31,
1997, primarily due to increased demand for the Company's services in Nevada,
a higher volume of work in California and increased outsourcing of required
services by utility customers, which resulted in a higher component of
subcontracted work.
 
  Gross profit. Gross profit increased $1.7 million, or 51.5%, from $3.3
million for the year ended August 31, 1996 to $5.0 million for the year ended
August 31, 1997. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased to 11.7%
from 12.9% primarily as a result of a higher percentage of work being
subcontracted at lower margins and higher costs than anticipated on certain
projects.
 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $0.4 million, or 25.0%, from $1.6 million
for the year ended August 31, 1996 to $2.0 million for the year ended August
31, 1997 due to the continued expansion into the California and Nevada
markets. As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative
expenses decreased from 6.1% to 4.6% primarily due to economies of scale.
 
Union Power results for the year ended August 31, 1996 compared to the year
ended August 31, 1995
 
  Revenues. Revenues increased $13.0 million, or 103.2%, from $12.6 million
for the year ended August 31, 1995 to $25.6 million for the year ended August
31, 1996, primarily as a result of an increase in the overall demand for the
company's services in Nevada and California.
 
  Gross profit. Gross profit increased $0.9 million, or 37.5%, from $2.4
million for the year ended August 31, 1995 to $3.3 million for the year ended
August 31, 1996. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased to 12.9%
from 18.8% primarily as a result of higher costs than anticipated on a
specific contract in 1996.
 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses decreased $0.3 million, or 15.8%, from $1.9 million
for the year ended August 31, 1995 to $1.6 million for the year ended December
31, 1996 due to lower owner compensation and employee bonuses in 1996. As a
percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased
from 15.0% to 6.1%.
 
Union Power liquidity and capital resources
 
  Union Power generated $157,000 of net cash from operating activities for the
three months ended November 30, 1997. Net cash used in investing activities
was approximately $1.3 million, primarily for the purchase of operating
equipment. Net cash provided by financing activities of $1.7 million resulted
from advances under the Company's line of credit and additional borrowings.
 
  At November 30, 1997, Union Power had $2.9 million of working capital and
$1.5 million of total long-term debt outstanding.
 
  Union Power generated $1.0 million of net cash from operating activities for
the year ended August 31, 1997. Net cash used in investing activities was
approximately $1.5 million, primarily for the purchase of operating equipment.
Net cash provided by financing activities of $0.2 million resulted from
advances on the company's line of credit.
 
                                      28
<PAGE>
 
  At August 31, 1997, Union Power had working capital of $2.8 million and $1.0
million of total long-term debt outstanding.
 
TRANS TECH RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  TRANS TECH was founded in 1983, is headquartered in South Bend, Indiana and
in 1996 provided services to customers in Indiana, Kentucky and Michigan.
TRANS TECH installs, maintains and repairs traffic signals, signage, highway
control systems components, highway and airport lighting and fiber optics for
states and other governmental entities, and also performs traditional
electrical contracting services for private and public entities in the
commercial and industrial markets.
 
  The following table sets forth selected statements of operations data and
such data as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER
                          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                 30,
                         ----------------------------  ----------------------------
                             1995           1996           1996           1997
                         -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                         (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                      <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>
Revenues................ $21,397 100.0% $24,414 100.0% $16,575 100.0% $24,278 100.0%
Cost of services........  18,934  88.5   20,426  83.7   13,683  82.6   19,687  81.1
                         ------- -----  ------- -----  ------- -----  ------- -----
  Gross profit..........   2.463  11.5    3,988  16.3    2,892  17.4    4,591  18.9
Selling, general and
 administrative
 expenses...............   1,639   7.7    1,848   7.6    1,300   7.8    1,362   5.6
                         ------- -----  ------- -----  ------- -----  ------- -----
Income from operations.. $   824   3.8% $ 2,140   8.7% $ 1,592   9.6% $ 3,229  13.3%
                         ======= =====  ======= =====  ======= =====  ======= =====
</TABLE>
 
 
TRANS TECH results for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 compared to
the nine months ended September 30, 1996.
 
  Revenues. Revenues increased $7.7 million, or 46.4%, from $16.6 million for
the nine months ended September 30, 1996 to $24.3 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1997, primarily as a result of an increase in demand for
services provided by commercial and industrial customers and, to a lesser
extent, by transportation control and lighting systems customers.
 
  Gross profit. Gross profit increased $1.7 million, or 58.6%, from $2.9
million for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 to $4.6 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 1997. As a percentage of total revenue, gross
margin increased from 17.4% for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 to
18.9% for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 primarily as a result of
improved labor productivity and asset utilization.
 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $0.1 million, or 7.7%, from $1.3 million for
the nine months ended September 30, 1996 to $1.4 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1997, primarily due to increased administrative salaries
required by the higher level of revenues and increases in owner compensation.
As a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses
decreased from 7.8% to 5.6% due to economies of scale.
 
TRANS TECH results for the year ended December 31, 1996 compared to the year
ended December 31, 1995
 
  Revenues. Revenues increased $3.0 million, or 14.0%, from $21.4 million for
the year ended December 31, 1995 to $24.4 million for the year ended December
31, 1996, primarily as a result of increased volume of work for commercial and
industrial customers offset partially by a decrease in activity in the
transportation control and lighting systems market.
 
                                      29
<PAGE>
 
  Gross profit. Gross profit increased $1.5 million, or 61.9%, for the year
ended December 31, 1995 to $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1996.
As a percentage of total revenue, gross margin increased from 11.5% for the
year ended December 31, 1995 to 16.3% for the year ended December 31, 1996 as
a result of increased labor productivity and a decrease in materials cost as a
percentage of revenues.
 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $0.2 million, or 12.5%, from $1.6 million
for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $1.8 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996, primarily due to the addition of administrative positions
and increased marketing expenses. As a percentage of revenues, selling,
general and administrative expenses remained relatively constant.
 
TRANS TECH liquidity and capital resources
 
  TRANS TECH generated $1.3 million of net cash from operating activities for
the nine months ended September 30, 1997. Net cash used in investing
activities was approximately $0.8 million, primarily for the purchase of
operating equipment. Net cash used in financing activities of $28,000 resulted
primarily from distributions to shareholders of $1.5 million, net of
borrowings on the line of credit of $1.4 million.
 
  At September 30, 1997, TRANS TECH had working capital of $4.0 million and
$0.5 million of total long-term debt outstanding.
 
  TRANS TECH generated $2.9 million in net cash from operating activities for
the year ended December 31, 1996. Net cash used in investing activities was
approximately $0.9 million, principally for purchases of operating equipment.
Net cash used in financing activities of $2.1 million resulted from repayments
of debt and distributions to shareholders.
 
  At December 31, 1996, TRANS TECH had working capital of $2.8 million and
$0.6 million of total long-term debt outstanding.
 
POTELCO RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  Potelco was founded in 1965, is headquartered near Seattle, Washington and
operates primarily in Washington, Oregon and Idaho. Potelco provides electric
and telecommunications infrastructure contracting services, including
installation of overhead and underground lines and facilities for the power,
telecommunications and cable television industries. In addition, Potelco
provides electrical and telecommunications installation, maintenance and
repair services to the commercial and industrial markets.
 
  The following table sets forth selected statement of operations data and
such data as a percentage of revenues for the periods indicated:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                    YEAR ENDED           SEPTEMBER 30
                                   DECEMBER 31,   ----------------------------
                                       1996           1996           1997
                                   -------------  -------------  -------------
                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>    <C>     <C>
Revenues.......................... $14,549 100.0% $10,173 100.0% $13,248 100.0%
Cost of services..................  12,946  89.0    9,343  91.8   10,416  78.6
                                   ------- -----  ------- -----  ------- -----
  Gross profit....................   1,603  11.0      830   8.2    2,832  21.4
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses..........     971   6.7      691   6.8      777   5.9
                                   ------- -----  ------- -----  ------- -----
Income from operations............ $   632   4.3% $   139   1.4% $ 2,055  15.5%
                                   ======= =====  ======= =====  ======= =====
</TABLE>
 
                                      30
<PAGE>
 
Potelco results for the nine months ended September 30, 1997 compared to the
nine months ended September 30, 1996
 
  Revenues. Revenues increased $3.0 million, or 29.4%, from $10.2 million for
the nine months ended September 30, 1996 to $13.2 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1997, primarily as a result of an increase in the demand
for services by telecommunications infrastructure and commerical and
industrial customers to either upgrade their telecommunication systems from
cable to fiber optic or to install new systems.
 
  Gross profit. Gross profit increased $2.0 million, or 250.0%, from $0.8
million for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 to $2.8 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 1997. As a percentage of revenues, Potelco's
gross margins improved from 8.2% to 21.4% due to the projects performed during
1997 having a relatively higher labor component and therefore resulting in
higher gross margins, as compared to the projects performed during 1996 which
had a relatively higher proportion of low margin materials costs.
 
  Selling, general and administrative expenses. Selling, general and
administrative expenses increased $0.1 million, or 14.3%, from $0.7 million
for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 to $0.8 million for the nine
months ended September 30, 1997, primarily due to increases in office salaries
and profit sharing contributions. As a percentage of revenues, these selling,
general and administrative expenses decreased from 6.8% to 5.9% due to
economies of scale.
 
Potelco liquidity and capital resources
 
  Potelco generated $0.6 million of net cash from operating activities for the
nine months ended September 30, 1997. Net cash used in investing activities
was approximately $0.6 million, primarily for the purchase of property and
equipment. Net cash provided by financing activities of $0.2 million resulted
primarily from additional proceeds received from a note payable to a bank.
 
  At September 30, 1997, Potelco had working capital of $2.1 million and $1.4
million of total long-term debt outstanding.
 
                                      31
<PAGE>
 
                                   BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
  Quanta was founded in August 1997 to create a leading provider of specialty
electrical contracting and maintenance services primarily related to electric
and telecommunications infrastructure in North America. In addition, the
Company provides electrical contracting services to the commercial and
industrial markets and installs transportation control and lighting systems.
The Company's services include the installation, repair and maintenance of
electric power transmission and distribution lines and telecommunication and
cable television lines, the construction of electric substations, the erection
of cellular telephone, PCS(R) and microwave towers, the installation of
highway lighting and traffic control systems, design and engineering services
and the provision of specialty contracting services for electric, video,
security, fire, voice and data systems. The Company's customers include
electric utilities, telecommunication and cable television system operators,
governmental entities, general contractors and owners and managers of
commercial and industrial properties.
   
  Concurrently with the closing of the Offering, Quanta will acquire the four
Founding Companies, making it one of the largest providers of electric and
telecommunications infrastructure contracting services in its markets. The
Company maintains a total of 13 offices in eight states and performed work in
18 states during 1996. The Company believes that its size, geographical
diversity of operations, industry relationships, design and engineering
capability, expertise in specialty services and number of skilled personnel
provide the Company significant competitive advantages. During 1996, the
Company generated pro forma combined revenues, operating income and net income
of $108.1 million, $6.3 million and $2.9 million, respectively. During the
first nine months of 1997, the Company generated pro forma combined revenues,
operating income and net income of $108.7 million, $12.8 million and $7.2
million, respectively.     
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
  The Company estimates that the electrical and telecommunications contracting
industry generates annual revenues in excess of $40 billion. The Company
believes that growth in this industry is being positively affected by the
following trends:
 
  Deregulation. The wholesale electricity market, including sales of
electricity between utilities and other generators, is regulated by the
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission ("FERC"). In 1996, FERC accelerated the
deregulation of the electric power industry by issuing Order nos. 888 and 889,
which require shareholder-owned utilities (of which there were approximately
223 in 1997) to provide non-utility electricity suppliers with access to
transmission services. Management expects the deregulation of the electric
power industry to increase competition among suppliers of electricity, which
will lead utilities to lower their costs by outsourcing non-core functions
such as the installation, construction, maintenance and repair of electric
transmission and distribution systems and electric substations, services that
have traditionally been performed by the utilities themselves.
 
  The Telecommunications Act of 1996 preempted state and local government
control over access to the telecommunications market, eliminating barriers to
entry and opening the markets to new entrants. Management expects the
elimination of such barriers to lead to increased construction of competing
telecommunications networks as competitive telecommunications providers,
existing as well as new, expand into new markets and offer services that once
were reserved for incumbents.
 
  Upgrading and Expanding Existing Infrastructure. As access to electric
transmission services increases, the Company believes that financial penalties
will be imposed upon electric utilities in the event of transmission and
distribution system downtime attributable to the utilities. As a result, the
Company
 
                                      32
<PAGE>
 
expects that utilities will modernize existing transmission systems, which
will increase the amount of upgrading and repair work available to outside
contractors. The Company also expects commercial and industrial companies to
continue to upgrade and expand their existing electrical infrastructure as a
result of (i) increasing levels of modernization activity, (ii) the effects of
more stringent electric codes, which establish minimum power and safety
requirements, (iii) revised national energy standards, (iv) increases in use
of electric power and (v) increased installation of electrical capacity in
excess of minimum code requirements in order to facilitate marketing of
properties.
 
  The amount of traditional voice and data traffic has increased steadily, and
growth in the use of personal computers and modems has created significant
data traffic from a wide variety of sources. Because of the physical
limitations of the existing communications network facilities, the Company
believes there is an immediate need to upgrade and expand facilities with new
and innovative technology, expanding, and in many cases, replacing existing
telecommunications and cable television infrastructure to allow for increases
in the volume of traffic. The need to upgrade and expand telecommunications
infrastructure as a result of deregulation and the growth in consumer demand
for enhanced telecommunications services is expected to continue to prompt
telecommunications providers to increase the current level of outsourcing to
independent contractors who serve the industry.
 
  Increased Outsourcing. The outsourcing trend has largely been driven by the
efforts of electric utilities and telecommunications providers to reduce costs
and focus on their core competencies. The Company believes that electric
utilities and telecommunications providers will increasingly seek
comprehensive solutions to their infrastructure needs by utilizing fewer
qualified contractors that can provide the full range of new construction,
installation, repair, maintenance and emergency services.
 
  The Company believes that its industry is highly fragmented. According to
the U.S. Census Bureau, there are more than 50,000 electrical and
telecommunications contracting businesses, consisting of a small number of
regional or national providers and a large number of relatively small, owner-
operated businesses that have limited access to capital and that offer a
limited range of services. The Company believes that the fragmented nature of
the industry presents substantial consolidation and growth opportunities for
companies with a disciplined acquisition program, a decentralized operating
strategy and access to financial resources. The Company also believes that the
prominence and operating strength of the Founding Companies and the experience
of its executive management will provide the Company with significant
competitive advantages to capitalize on these opportunities.
 
STRATEGY
 
  The Company plans to achieve its goal of becoming a leading provider of
electric and telecommunications infrastructure contracting services by
implementing its operating strategy, emphasizing continued internal growth and
expanding through acquisitions.
 
  OPERATING STRATEGY. The key elements of the Company's operating strategy
are:
 
    Operate on a Decentralized Basis. The Company intends to manage its
  operations on a decentralized basis while maintaining operating and
  financial controls. Local management will retain responsibility for the
  operations, profitability and growth of its business. The Company believes
  that, while maintaining operating and financial controls, a decentralized
  operating structure will retain the entrepreneurial spirit of each of the
  Founding Companies and will permit the Company to capitalize on the
  Founding Companies' local and regional market knowledge, specialized skills
  and customer relationships. In addition, the Company believes that its
  operating efficiency, financial strength, technical expertise, presence in
  key geographic areas and reputation for quality and reliability provide
  competitive advantages in bidding for, winning and executing new contracts
  for infrastructure projects. While local management will retain control of
  the operations of its business, the Company's
 
                                      33
<PAGE>
 
  executive management will have responsibility for corporate strategy and
  acquisitions, financing, insurance, investor relations and employee benefit
  plans.
 
    Achieve Operating Efficiencies. Certain administrative functions will be
  centralized following the Offering. In addition, by combining overlapping
  operations of certain of the Founding Companies, the Company expects to
  achieve more efficient asset utilization and realize savings in overhead
  and other expenses. The Company intends to use its increased purchasing
  power to gain volume discounts in areas such as vehicles and equipment,
  electrical materials, marketing, bonding, employee benefits and insurance.
  The Company will seek to realize cost savings and other benefits by the
  sharing of purchasing, pricing, bidding and other business practices and
  the sharing of licenses. The Company intends to further develop and expand
  the use of management information systems to facilitate financial control,
  project costing and asset utilization. At some locations, the larger
  combined workforce will provide additional staffing flexibility.
 
  INTERNAL GROWTH. The Company is focused on continuing its strong internal
growth by (i) increasing the volume of services provided to existing
customers, (ii) expanding the scope of services provided to existing
customers, (iii) broadening its customer base and (iv) geographically
expanding its service area. The Company believes it will be able to expand the
services it offers in its markets by leveraging the specialized strengths of
individual Founding Companies. Such services include design and engineering,
where the contractor applies in-house engineering expertise to design the most
cost-effective system, and the application of new technologies, such as a
robotic arm that can be used to facilitate the repair of high voltage power
transmission lines without taking them out of service.
 
  ACQUISITIONS. The Company believes that the increasing trend toward the
outsourcing of services to the electric and telecommunications infrastructure
contracting industry will result in a competitive disadvantage for small and
mid-sized companies that do not have access to capital and cannot provide a
broad range of speciality contracting services on a national basis. In
addition, the Company expects that there will continue to be a large number of
attractive acquisition candidates due to the highly fragmented nature of the
industry, the inability of many companies to expand and modernize due to
capital constraints and the desire of owners for liquidity. The Company
believes that its financial strength and experienced management will be
attractive to acquisition candidates. The key elements of the Company's
acquisition strategy are:
 
    Enter New Geographic Markets. The Company intends to expand into
  geographic markets not currently served by the Founding Companies by
  selectively acquiring well-established specialty electrical and
  telecommunications contractors that, like the Founding Companies, are
  leaders in their regional markets, are financially stable, have a strong
  customer base, have senior management committed to participating in the
  future growth of the Company and can serve as "platforms" for the future
  growth of the Company.
 
    Expand Within Existing Markets. The Company intends to explore
  acquisition opportunities in the geographic markets it already serves as
  well as geographic markets served by businesses the Company acquires in the
  future. Once the Company has entered a specific geographic market, it will
  seek to acquire other well-established companies in that particular market
  to deepen its market penetration and expand the range of services offered
  to its customers. The Company will also pursue "tuck-in" acquisitions of
  smaller companies whose operations can be integrated into and leveraged
  with an existing operation.
 
ACQUISITION PROGRAM
 
  The Company believes it will be regarded by acquisition candidates as an
attractive acquiror because of (i) the Company's strategy for creating a
national, comprehensive and professionally managed specialty electric and
telecommunications infrastructure contracting business, (ii) the Company's
decentralized
 
                                      34
<PAGE>
 
operating strategy and opportunities to participate in a larger organization,
(iii) the Company's access to financial resources as a public company, (iv)
the potential for increased profitability due to centralizing certain
administrative functions, enhanced systems capabilities and economies of scale
and (v) the potential for owners of the businesses being acquired to
participate in the Company's planned growth while realizing liquidity. The
Company believes that the management of the Founding Companies will be
instrumental in identifying and assisting in the completion of future
acquisitions.
 
  The Company has developed a set of financial, geographic and management
criteria designed to assist management in the evaluation of acquisition
candidates. These criteria evaluate a variety of factors, including, but not
limited to (i) historical and projected financial performance, (ii) internal
rate of return, return on assets and return on revenue, (iii) experience and
reputation of the candidate's management and operations, (iv) composition and
size of the candidate's customer base, (v) whether the geographic location of
the candidate will enhance or expand the Company's market area or ability to
attract other acquisition candidates, (vi) whether the acquisition will
augment or increase the Company's market share or services offered or help
protect the Company's existing customer base, (vii) potential synergies gained
by combining the acquisition candidate with the Company's existing operations
and (viii) liabilities, contingent or otherwise, of the candidate. The Company
anticipates that acquisition candidates in the target markets and industries
will have annual revenues ranging from $10 million to $100 million. At the
present time, the Company has no binding agreements to effect any mergers or
acquisitions other than the Acquisitions.
 
  As consideration for future acquisitions, the Company expects to utilize a
combination of cash, Common Stock and debt. The purchase price for each future
acquisition will vary. The major factors in establishing the purchase price
will be historical earnings, strength of management, future prospects of the
acquiree and the ability of the acquiree to complement or leverage the
services already offered by the Company. Following the Offering, the Company
intends to register 5,000,000 additional shares of Common Stock under the
Securities Act, which shares will be offered in connection with future
acquisitions.
 
SERVICES
 
  The Company provides a broad range of services, including the installation,
repair and maintenance of electric power transmission and distribution lines
and telecommunications and cable television lines, the construction of
electric substations, the erection of cellular telephone, PCS(R) and microwave
towers, the installation of highway lighting and traffic control systems,
design and engineering services and the provision of specialty contracting
services for electric, video, security, fire, voice and data systems. The
Company currently provides four broad business services: electric utility
infrastructure services; telecommunications infrastructure services;
commercial and industrial services; and transportation control and lighting
systems services. The Company had pro forma combined revenues for the nine
months ended September 30, 1997 of $108.7 million, of which 71% was
attributable to electric utility infrastructure services, 7% was attributable
to telecommunications infrastructure services, 11% was attributable to
commercial and industrial services and 11% was attributable to transportation
control and lighting systems services.
 
  ELECTRIC UTILITY INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICES. The Company performs specialty
electrical contracting services for electric utilities. These services include
installing, repairing and maintaining electric transmission and distribution
lines, principally above ground, maintaining street lights and other system
components, constructing electric substations and erecting transmission
towers. The work performed often involves the splicing of high voltage lines
and, on occasion, the installation of underground high voltage distribution
systems. The Company also repairs and replaces lines which have been damaged
or destroyed as a result of adverse weather conditions.
 
                                      35
<PAGE>
 
  TELECOMMUNICATIONS INFRASTRUCTURE SERVICES. The Company provides a variety
of services in connection with telecommunications, cable television and other
data transmission. The Company installs fiber optic, coaxial and copper cable
both above and below ground on behalf of telecommunications and cable service
providers. The services provided by the Company include the placing and
splicing of cable, excavation of trenches in which to place the cable,
placement of related structures such as poles, anchors, conduits, manholes,
cabinets and closures, placement of drop lines from the main distribution
lines to an individual residence or business and maintenance and removal of
these fiber optic, coaxial and copper lines and related structures. The
Company has the ability to directionally bore and place cables, a highly
specialized method of positioning buried cable which is often required in
congested urban and suburban markets where trenching may be impractical. In
addition, the Company is involved in the engineering, design and erection of
communications towers, including cellular telephone, PCS(R) and microwave
towers.
 
  COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL SERVICES. The Company designs, installs, maintains
and repairs electrical wiring, telephone and data copper wiring, fiber optic
cabling and building control and automation systems for commercial and
industrial customers.
 
  TRANSPORTATION CONTROL AND LIGHTING SYSTEMS SERVICES. The Company installs,
maintains and repairs traffic and highway control systems, such as signals,
signage, lighting and freeway management systems components. In addition, the
Company installs overhead cable and control systems for light rail lines,
"smart" highway control systems and airport lighting.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
  The Company's customers include electric utilities, telecommunications and
cable television system operators, governmental entities, general contractors
and builders, owners and managers of commercial and industrial properties. The
Company's customer base is highly concentrated. For the year ended December
31, 1996, approximately 21% of the Company's total revenues were derived from
Public Service Company of Colorado, 6% from Nevada Power Company and 5% from
Pacific Telecom, Inc. For the nine months ended September 30, 1997,
approximately 14% of the Company's total revenues were derived from Public
Service Company of Colorado, 11% from Nevada Power Company and 7% from Pacific
Gas & Electric Company. Electric utilities, in the aggregate, represent the
largest customer base of the Company. General contractors, as a group, account
for a significant portion of customers for the Company's commercial and
industrial work. The Company believes that a substantial portion of its total
revenues and operating income will continue to be derived from a concentrated
group of customers. The loss of any of these customers could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
  Management at each of the Founding Companies has been responsible for
developing and maintaining successful long-term relationships with key
customers. The Company relies heavily on repeat customers and uses both the
written and verbal referrals of its satisfied customers to help generate new
business. Many of the Company's customers or prospective customers have a
qualification procedure for becoming an approved bidder or vendor based upon
the satisfaction of particular performance and safety standards set by the
customer. Such customers often maintain a list of vendors meeting such
standards and award contracts for individual jobs only to such vendors. The
Company strives to maintain its status as a preferred or qualified vendor to
such customers.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
  As of November 30, 1997, the Company had approximately 95 salaried
employees, including executive officers, project managers or engineers, job
superintendents, staff and clerical personnel and approximately 1,000 hourly
rated employees, the number of which fluctuates depending upon the number and
size of the projects undertaken by the Company at any particular time. The
Company does not anticipate any overall reductions in staff as a result of the
consolidation of the Founding Companies,
 
                                      36
<PAGE>
 
although there may be some job realignments and new assignments in an effort
to eliminate overlapping and redundant positions.
 
  Three of the Founding Companies are signatories to master collective
bargaining agreements with the International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers
(the "IBEW"). The other Founding Company is a signatory to various local IBEW
agreements as well as local agreements with the Laborers International Union
and the Operating Engineers Union. Under these agreements, the Founding
Companies agree to pay specified wages to its union employees, observe certain
workplace rules and make employee benefit payments to multi-employer pension
plans and employee benefit trusts rather than administering the funds on
behalf of their employees. IBEW covered employees are represented by numerous
local unions under various agreements with varying terms and expiration dates.
Such local agreements are entered into by and between the IBEW local and the
National Electrical Contractors Association ("NECA"), of which the Company is
a member. The majority of the collective bargaining agreements contain
provisions that prohibit work stoppages or strikes, even during specified
negotiation periods relating to agreement renewal, and provide for binding
arbitration dispute resolution in the event of prolonged disagreement;
however, there can be no assurance that work stoppages or strikes will not
occur at any given time.
 
  Each of the Founding Companies provides a variety of health, welfare and
benefit plans for their employees who are not covered by collective bargaining
agreements. Following consummation of the Acquisitions, these various employee
benefit plans will be replaced by a single plan covering all of the Company's
non-bargaining employees.
 
  The electric and telecommunications infrastructure contracting industry is
experiencing a shortage of skilled craftsmen. In response to the shortage, the
Company seeks to take advantage of various IBEW and NECA referral programs and
hire graduates of the joint IBEW/NECA apprenticeship program for training
qualified electricians. As a union employer, the Company believes that its
access to qualified personnel through these and other union sources will
afford it a distinct advantage over non-union employers in attracting much
needed skilled craftsmen in an ever-tightening labor market. None of the
Founding Companies has experienced any strikes or work stoppages in the past
20 years. The Company believes its relationships with its employees and union
representatives is satisfactory.
 
TRAINING, QUALITY ASSURANCE AND SAFETY
 
  Performance of the Company's services requires the use of equipment and
exposure to conditions that can be dangerous. Although the Company is
committed to a policy of operating safely and prudently, the Company has been
and is subject to claims by employees, customers and third parties for
property damage and personal injuries resulting from performance of the
Company's services. The Company performs on-site services using employees who
have completed applicable Company safety and training programs. The Company's
policies require that employees complete a prescribed training and service
program with the Company in addition to those required by NECA and the IBEW
prior to performing more sophisticated and technical jobs. For example, all
journeymen linemen are required by the IBEW and NECA to complete a minimum of
8,000 hours of on-the-job training, approximately 200 hours of classroom
education and extensive testing and certification. The Company requires
additional training, depending upon the sophistication and technical
requirements of each particular job. Following completion of the Offering,
management intends to establish Company-wide training and educational
programs, as well as comprehensive safety policies and regulations, by sharing
"best practices" throughout its operations.
 
EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES
 
  The Company operates a fleet of owned and leased trucks and trailers,
support vehicles and specialty construction equipment, such as backhoes,
excavators, trenchers, generators, boring machines, cranes and wire pullers
and tensioners. The total size of the rolling-stock fleet approximates 2,600
units. Most of
 
                                      37
<PAGE>
 
this fleet is serviced by the Company's own mechanics who work at various
maintenance sites and facilities. The Company believes that these vehicles
generally are well-maintained and adequate for its present operations.
Management believes that in the future it will be able to lease or purchase
this equipment at lower prices due to its larger size and the volume of its
leasing and purchasing activity.
 
  After the consummation of the Offering, the Company expects to lease its
corporate headquarters in Houston, Texas. The Company operates 13 sites in
North Kansas City and Clinton, Missouri; South Bend, Indiana; Las Vegas and
Reno, Nevada; Topeka, Kansas; Des Moines, Iowa; Aurora and Englewood,
Colorado; El Cajon and Vacaville, California; and Sumner and Spokane,
Washington. This space is used for offices, warehousing, storage and vehicle
shops. The Company owns some of the facilities it occupies and leases others.
The Company believes that its facilities are sufficient for its current needs.
See "Certain Transactions."
 
REGULATION
 
  The Company's operations are subject to various federal, state and local
laws and regulations including (i) licensing requirements applicable to
electricians and engineers, (ii) building and electrical codes, (iii)
permitting and inspection requirements applicable to construction projects,
(iv) regulations relating to worker safety and environmental protection and
(v) special bidding and procurement requirements on government projects.
 
  The Company believes that it has all the required licenses to conduct its
operations and is in substantial compliance with applicable regulatory
requirements. Failure of the Company to comply with applicable regulations
could result in substantial fines and/or revocation of the Company's operating
licenses. Many state and local regulations governing electrical construction
require permits and licenses to be held by individuals who typically have
passed an examination or met other requirements. The Company intends to
implement a policy to ensure that, where possible, any such permits or
licenses that may be material to the Company's operations are held by at least
two Company employees.
 
COMPETITION
 
  The markets in which the Company operates are highly competitive, requiring
substantial resources and skilled and experienced personnel. The Company
competes with other independent contractors in most of the markets in which it
operates, several of which are large domestic companies that have greater
financial, technical and marketing resources than the Company. In addition,
there are relatively few, if any, barriers to entry into the markets in which
the Company operates and, as a result, any organization that has adequate
financial resources and access to technical expertise may become a competitor
to the Company. A significant portion of the Company's revenues are currently
derived from master service agreements and price is often an important factor
in the award of such agreements. Accordingly, the Company could be outbid by
its competitors in an effort to procure such business. There can be no
assurance that the Company's competitors will not develop the expertise,
experience and resources to provide services that are equal or superior in
both price and quality to the Company's services, or that the Company will be
able to maintain or enhance its competitive position. The Company may also
face competition from the in-house service organizations of its existing or
prospective customers, including electric utility and telecommunications
providers, which employ personnel who perform some of the same types of
services as those provided by the Company. Although a significant portion of
these services is currently outsourced, there can be no assurance that
existing or prospective customers of the Company will continue to outsource
services in the future.
 
RISK MANAGEMENT, INSURANCE AND PERFORMANCE BONDS
 
  The primary risks in the Company's operations are bodily injury, property
damage and injured workers' compensation. The Company maintains automobile and
general liability insurance for third party
 
                                      38
<PAGE>
 
bodily injury and property damage and workers' compensation coverage which it
considers sufficient to insure against these risks, subject to self-insured
amounts. After the consummation of the Offering, the Company intends to
consolidate the purchase of insurance, which management believes will result
in savings from the amounts paid by the Founding Companies prior to the
Acquisitions.
 
  Contracts in the electrical contracting industry may require performance
bonds or other means of financial assurance to secure contractual performance.
If the Company were unable to obtain surety bonds or letters of credit in
sufficient amounts or at acceptable rates, it may be precluded from entering
into additional contracts with certain of its customers.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
   
  The Company is, from time to time, a party to litigation or administrative
proceedings that arise in the normal course of its business. The Company does
not have pending any litigation that, separately or in the aggregate, if
adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on the Company's
results of operations or financial condition.     
 
                                      39
<PAGE>
 
                                  MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
 
  The following table sets forth certain information concerning the Company's
directors and executive officers and those persons who will become directors,
executive officers and certain key employees following the consummation of the
Offering:
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
        NAME                            AGE POSITION
        ----                            --- --------
 <C>                                    <C> <S>
 John R. Colson*.......................  50 Chief Executive Officer, Director
 James H. Haddox.......................  49 Chief Financial Officer, Secretary
 Derrick A. Jensen.....................  27 Vice President and Controller
 John R. Wilson*.......................  47 President of PAR, Director
                                            Vice President of Union Power,
 Timothy A. Soule*.....................  50 Director
                                            Vice President of TRANS TECH,
 John A. Martell*......................  42 Director
 Gary A. Tucci*........................  41 President of Potelco, Director
 James R. Ball*........................  54 Director
 Vincent D. Foster.....................  41 Chairman of the Board of Directors
 Rodney R. Proto*......................  48 Director
 Michael T. Willis*....................  52 Director
 Ronald W. Soule.......................  53 President of Union Power
 Robert J. Urbanski....................  46 President of TRANS TECH
</TABLE>    
- --------
* Election as a director of the Company effective upon the consummation of the
  Offering.
 
  John R. Colson was elected Chief Executive Officer of the Company in
December 1997 and will become a director of the Company effective upon the
consummation of the Offering. He joined PAR in 1971 and became President in
1991. He is currently a member of the Council of Industrial Relations,
governor of the Missouri Valley chapter of NECA and a director of the Missouri
Valley Line Apprenticeship Program.
 
  James H. Haddox has been Chief Financial Officer of the Company since
November 1997 and Secretary since December 1997. From March 1996 until joining
the Company, Mr. Haddox was Senior Vice President--Finance of Corporate
Express Delivery Systems, Inc., a national provider of same day delivery
services. From January 1994 to March 1996, Mr. Haddox held various positions,
including Chief Accounting Officer and Vice President-- Finance, with U.S.
Delivery Systems, Inc., a NYSE listed company which was the largest provider
of same day delivery services in the U.S. prior to its merger with Corporate
Express, Inc. in March 1996. From 1991 to 1994 Mr. Haddox was an independent
business consultant providing management services. From 1987 to 1991, Mr.
Haddox held various financial positions, including Chief Financial Officer and
Chief Accounting Officer, at Allwaste, Inc., a NYSE listed national
environmental services company. Mr. Haddox is a Certified Public Accountant.
 
  Derrick A. Jensen has been Vice President and Controller of the Company
since December 1997. Prior to joining the Company, he was employed by Arthur
Andersen LLP ("Arthur Andersen"), serving most recently as audit manager
focusing on clients in consolidating industries.
 
  John R. Wilson was elected President of PAR in 1997. He joined PAR in 1977
and became an Executive Vice President in 1991. Mr. Wilson will become a
director of the Company effective upon the consummation of the Offering.
 
  Timothy A. Soule joined Union Power in 1972 and became Vice President in
1975. He is also a member of the Board of Trustees for the joint NECA/IBEW
Line Construction Benefit Fund, Union Power's representative to the Rocky
Mountain Electrical League and a member of the Board of Directors of Power
 
                                      40
<PAGE>
 
and Communication Contractors Association. Mr. Soule will become a director of
the Company effective upon the consummation of the Offering.
 
  John A. Martell founded TRANS TECH in 1983 and serves as Vice President. He
is currently a member of the National Fire Protection Association and the
Illuminating Engineering Society. Mr. Martell is a Registered Professional
Engineer. Mr. Martell will become a director of the Company effective upon the
consummation of the Offering.
 
  Gary A. Tucci joined Potelco in 1975 and became President in 1988. He is a
member of the Joint IBEW/NECA Apprenticeship and Training Committee as well as
the labor relations board. Mr. Tucci will become a director of the Company
effective upon the consummation of the Offering.
 
  James R. Ball is a private investor, a consultant to Koch Industries, Inc.
and a member of the board of directors of Carbide/Graphite Group, Inc., a
producer of graphite electrodes specialties products. From 1969 to 1994, he
held several positions with Vista Chemical Company ("Vista") and its
predecessor, Conoco, Inc. Vista was sold in 1991 to RWE-DEA, a unit of RWE AG,
a German energy and chemicals concern, and Mr. Ball served on the board of
directors of Vista and was its President and Chief Executive Officer from 1992
through 1994. Mr. Ball will become a director of the Company effective upon
the consummation of the Offering.
 
  Vincent D. Foster has been a director of the Company since November 1997 and
will become non-executive Chairman of the Board upon consummation of the
Offering. Mr. Foster is a Managing Director of Main Street Merchant Partners
II, L.P., a merchant banking firm which is a principal stockholder of the
Company. From September 1988 through October 1997, Mr. Foster was a partner of
Andersen Worldwide and Arthur Andersen. Mr. Foster was the Director of the
Corporate Finance and Mergers and Acquisitions practices of Arthur Andersen
for the southwestern U.S., specializing in structuring and executing "roll-up"
transactions and in providing merger and acquisition and corporate finance
advisory services to clients in consolidating industries. Mr. Foster holds a
J.D. degree and is a Certified Public Accountant.
 
  Rodney R. Proto has been President, Chief Operating Officer and a director
of USA Waste Services, Inc. ("USA Waste"), the third largest solid waste
services company in North America, since August 1996. Prior thereto, he was
President, Chief Operating Officer and a director of Sanifill, Inc.
("Sanifill"), a solid waste management company acquired by USA Waste in August
1996. Mr. Proto joined Sanifill in February 1992. Before joining Sanifill, he
was employed by Browning-Ferris Industries, Inc. for 12 years where he served,
among other positions, as Chairman of BFI Overseas from 1985 to 1987 and
President of Browning-Ferris Industries Europe, Inc. from 1987 through 1991.
Mr. Proto will become a director of the Company effective upon the
consummation of the Offering.
 
  Michael T. Willis is Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and
President of CoreStaff, Inc. ("CoreStaff"), one of the largest information
technology and staffing companies in the U.S. Prior to founding CoreStaff in
1993, Mr. Willis served as Chief Executive Officer and President of The Talent
Tree Corporation ("Talent Tree"), which he founded in 1976 and built into one
of the largest temporary services companies in the U.S. Mr. Willis sold Talent
Tree to Hestair plc in 1987 and then continued as President and Chief
Executive Officer until April 1993. Mr. Willis is also a director of the
Southwest Bank of Texas, a publicly-traded financial institution. Mr. Willis
will become a director of the Company effective upon the consummation of the
Offering.
 
  Ronald W. Soule joined Union Power in 1963 and became President in 1987. He
is a member of the Board of Directors of the Colorado NECA/IBEW Negotiation
Committee, the Western Line Constructors Chapter of NECA and the Mountain
States Joint Apprenticeship and Training Committee. He is also Union Power's
representative to NECA and the past President of Western Line Constructors
Chapter of NECA.
 
  Robert J. Urbanski founded TRANS TECH in 1983 and serves as President. He is
a member of the Institute of Transportation Engineers and the International
Municipal Sign Association.
 
                                      41
<PAGE>
 
  Upon consummation of the Offering, the Board of Directors of the Company
shall consist of nine members. The Bylaws of the Company permit the Board of
Directors to increase the size of the Board. Each director will serve a one-
year term. At each annual meeting of stockholders, all except one of the
directors will be elected by the holders of the Common Stock and one director
will be elected by the holders of the Limited Vote Common Stock.
 
  The Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee and a Compensation
Committee. The members of these committees will be determined following
consummation of the Offering.
 
DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION
 
  Directors who also are employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries
will not receive additional compensation for serving as directors. Each
director who is not an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries will
receive a fee of $1,000 for attendance at each meeting of the Board of
Directors or any committee thereof (unless held on the same day as a Board of
Directors meeting). Directors of the Company will be reimbursed for reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of
Directors or the committees thereof, and for other expenses reasonably
incurred in their capacity as directors of the Company. Each non-employee
director will receive an option to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock upon
such person's initial election to the Board of Directors and an annual grant
of an option to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock at each annual meeting
of the Company's stockholders thereafter at which such director is re-elected
or remains a director. See "--1997 Stock Option Plan." In addition, each of
Messrs. Ball, Proto and Willis purchased 20,000 shares of Limited Vote Common
Stock from the Company for nominal consideration.
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
  The Company was incorporated in August 1997 and has not conducted any
operations other than those activities related to the Acquisitions and the
Offering. The Company anticipates that during 1998 the annualized base
salaries of its most highly compensated executive officers will be $150,000
for each executive officer. As part of Mr. Haddox's employment arrangement
with the Company, he purchased 100,000 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock for
nominal consideration and will receive an option under the 1997 Stock Option
Plan to purchase 125,000 shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering
price. As part of Mr. Jensen's employment arrangement with the Company, he
purchased 37,500 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock for nominal consideration
and will receive an option under the 1997 Stock Option Plan to purchase 62,500
shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering price.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
  Upon consummation of the Offering, the Company will enter into an employment
agreement with each executive officer and certain key employees of the Company
that prohibits such individual from disclosing the Company's confidential
information and trade secrets and generally restricts these individuals from
competing with the Company for a period of five years after the date of the
individual's employment agreement. Each of the agreements has an initial term
of three years, provides for an automatic annual extension at the end of its
initial term and is terminable by the Company for "good cause" upon ten days'
written notice and without "good cause" by either party upon thirty days'
written notice. All employment agreements provide that if the officer's
employment is terminated by the Company without "good cause," such officer
will be entitled to receive a lump-sum severance payment at the effective time
of termination equal to the officer's base salary at the rate then in effect
for the greater of (i) the time period remaining under the initial term of the
agreement or (ii) one year. In addition, all employment agreements provide
that in the event of termination without "good cause," the non-competition
provision will not apply for any time period in which the employee is not
receiving or has not received severance compensation.
 
                                      42
<PAGE>
 
  The employment agreements contain certain provisions concerning a change-in-
control of the Company, including the following: (i) in the event five days'
advance notice of the transaction giving rise to the change-in-control is not
received by the Company and such officer, the change-in-control will be deemed
a termination of the employment agreement by the Company without "good cause,"
and the provisions of the employment agreement governing the same will apply,
except that the severance amount otherwise payable (discussed in the preceding
paragraph) shall be tripled and the provisions which restrict competition with
the Company shall not apply and (ii) the officer must be given sufficient time
and opportunity to elect whether to exercise all or any of his or her options
to purchase Common Stock, including any options with accelerated vesting under
the provisions of the 1997 Stock Option Plan, such that the officer may
acquire the Common Stock at or prior to the closing of the transaction giving
rise to the change-in-control, if he or she so desires.
 
1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
  In December 1997, the Board of Directors adopted, and the stockholders of
the Company approved, the 1997 Stock Option Plan. The purpose of the 1997
Stock Option Plan is to provide directors, key employees, officers and certain
advisors with additional incentives by increasing their proprietary interest
in the Company. The aggregate amount of Common Stock of the Company with
respect to which options may be granted may not exceed the greater of
2,380,850 shares or 15% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
 
  The 1997 Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options
("ISOs") as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code") and nonqualified stock options (collectively, the
"Awards"). The amount of ISOs that may be granted under the 1997 Stock Option
Plan is limited to 2,380,850 shares. The 1997 Stock Option Plan is
administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The
Compensation Committee has, subject to the terms of the 1997 Stock Option
Plan, the sole authority to grant Awards under the 1997 Stock Option Plan, to
construe and interpret the 1997 Stock Option Plan and to make all other
determinations and take any and all actions necessary or advisable for the
administration of the 1997 Stock Option Plan.
 
  All of the Company's employees, nonemployee directors, officers and advisors
are eligible to receive Awards under the 1997 Stock Option Plan, but only
employees of the Company are eligible to receive ISOs. Options will be
exercisable during the period specified in each option agreement and will
generally become exercisable in installments pursuant to a vesting schedule
designated by the Compensation Committee. In the discretion of the
Compensation Committee, option agreements may provide that options will become
immediately exercisable in the event of a "change in control" (as defined in
the 1997 Stock Option Plan) of the Company. No ISO will remain exercisable
later than ten years after the date of grant (or five years in the case of
ISOs granted to employees owning more than 10% of the voting capital stock).
 
  The Company expects to have outstanding options to purchase up to a total of
1,500,000 shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the 1997 Stock Option Plan
following the Offering at an exercise price equal to or greater than the
initial public offering price.
 
  The 1997 Stock Option Plan also provides for automatic option grants to
directors who are not otherwise employed by the Company or its subsidiaries.
Upon commencement of service, a non-employee director will receive a non-
qualified option to purchase 10,000 shares of Common Stock, and each
continuing or re-elected non-employee director annually will receive an option
to purchase 5,000 shares of Common Stock. Options granted to non-employee
directors are fully exercisable following the expiration of six months from
the date of grant.
 
                                      43
<PAGE>
 
  The exercise price for ISOs granted under the 1997 Stock Option Plan may be
no less than the fair market value of a share of the Common Stock on the date
of grant (or 110% in the case of ISOs granted to employees owning more than
10% of the voting capital stock).
 
                                      44
<PAGE>
 
                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
ORGANIZATION OF THE COMPANY
 
  Quanta was initially capitalized in August 1997 by several independent
investors, including Midwest Acquisition Support, LLC (an entity controlled by
Bernard J. Gram), Kevin D. Miller, Steven P. Colmar and William G. Parkhouse,
an advisory director of the Company, who acted as co-founders of Quanta and
paid nominal cash consideration for 1,620,624 shares of Limited Vote Common
Stock. In September 1997, Fabal Funding Corp., a corporation affiliated with
this group, agreed to advance up to $125,000 to the Company in consideration
for receiving, at the closing of the Offering, a number of shares of Limited
Vote Common Stock equal to $375,000 divided by the offering price per share of
Common Stock, which, at an assumed offering price of $9.00 per share, will
total 41,667 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock. These shares will be
distributed to five individuals who each individually advanced $25,000 to
Fabal Funding Corp., none of whom is affiliated with the initial stockholders.
In addition, in November 1997 Main Street purchased 1,484,542 shares of
Limited Vote Common Stock for nominal cash consideration (both Main Street and
the group of investors described above, the "Initial Stockholders"). Since
November 1997, Main Street has advanced funds to Quanta to enable Quanta to
pay various expenses incurred in connection with its efforts to complete the
Acquisitions and consummate the Offering. All of Main Street's advances will
be repaid from the net proceeds of the Offering.
 
  Simultaneously with the closing of the Offering, Quanta will acquire all of
the issued and outstanding capital stock and other equity interests of the
Founding Companies, at which time each Founding Company will become a wholly
owned subsidiary of the Company. The Acquisition Consideration consists of (i)
an estimated $21.0 million in cash and (ii) 7,527,000 shares of Common Stock.
 
  The following table sets forth for each Founding Company the approximate
consideration to be paid by Quanta to the stockholders of the Founding
Companies (i) in cash and (ii) in shares of Common Stock.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SHARES OF
                                                           CASH     COMMON STOCK
                                                        ----------- ------------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>
PAR.................................................... $ 8,370,000  3,000,000
Union Power............................................   5,348,430  1,917,000
TRANS TECH.............................................   4,362,862  1,563,750
Potelco................................................   2,919,038  1,046,250
                                                        -----------  ---------
  Total................................................ $21,000,330  7,527,000
                                                        ===========  =========
</TABLE>
 
  The amount of cash to be paid as part of the Acquisition Consideration is
based upon an assumed offering price of $9.00 per share. The actual amount of
cash paid to the stockholders of the Founding Companies will be the greater of
a previously specified fixed purchase price or a previously specified number
multiplied by the per share net offering proceeds to be received by Quanta as
reflected on the first page of the Prospectus. For each of the Founding
Companies, the respective fixed cash portion of the purchase price and number
to be multiplied by the per share net offering proceeds to be received by
Quanta are as follows: PAR: $7,500,000 and 1,000,000; Union Power: $4,792,500
and 639,000; TRANS TECH: $3,909,375 and 521,250; and Potelco: $2,615,625 and
348,750. The number of shares of Common Stock to be paid to the Founding
Companies is not subject to adjustment.
 
  In addition, immediately prior to consummation of the Acquisitions, the
Founding Companies will make the S Corporation Distributions of approximately
$7.8 million in the aggregate. Prior to consummation of the Acquisitions, the
Founding Companies will also transfer, for cash consideration in an amount
equal to their respective book values, certain non-operating assets with an
aggregate net book value of approximately $0.9 million.
 
  The consummation of each Acquisition is subject to customary conditions.
These conditions include, among others, the accuracy on the closing date of
the Acquisitions of the representations and warranties
 
                                      45
<PAGE>
 
of the Founding Companies, their stockholders and of the Company, the
performance by each of the parties of their respective covenants and the
absence of a material adverse change in the business, results of operations or
financial condition of any of the Founding Companies.
 
  The agreements relating to the Acquisitions may be terminated under certain
circumstances prior to the consummation of the Offering. Specifically, the
agreements may be terminated (i) by the mutual consent of the Board of
Directors of the Company and each Founding Company, (ii) if the Offering and
the Acquisitions are not consummated by June 1, 1998 or (iii) if a material
breach or default under the agreements shall exist and is not cured or waived.
There can be no assurance that the conditions to the closing of the
Acquisitions will be satisfied or waived or that the agreements relating to
the Acquisitions will not be terminated prior to the closing. However, if the
Acquisitions are not completed, the Offering will not be completed.
 
  Pursuant to the agreements relating to the Acquisitions, all stockholders of
each of the Founding Companies have agreed not to compete with the Company for
a period of five years commencing on the date of closing of the Acquisitions.
 
  Individuals who are or will become executive officers or directors of the
Company will receive the following consideration in the Acquisitions for their
interests in the Founding Companies, subject to adjustments as described
above.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SHARES OF
                                                          CASH(1)   COMMON STOCK
                                                         ---------- ------------
<S>                                                      <C>        <C>
PAR
  John R. Colson........................................ $5,859,000  2,100,000
  John R. Wilson........................................  2,511,000    900,000
Union Power
  Timothy A. Soule......................................    941,324    337,392
TRANS TECH
  John A. Martell.......................................  2,181,430    781,875
Potelco
  Gary A. Tucci.........................................  2,919,038  1,046,250
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Excludes distributions representing previously taxed S corporation
    earnings to be made to S corporation stockholders. The anticipated amount
    of such distributions to the former owners of the Founding Companies
    aggregates approximately $7.8 million.
 
TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING CERTAIN OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND STOCKHOLDERS
 
  Certain stockholders of certain of the Founding Companies who will become
directors, executive officers or key employees of the Company upon
consummation of the Offering have guaranteed indebtedness, performance bonds
and other obligations of each of their respective Founding Companies. These
guarantees are expected to be terminated within 90 days following the
completion of the Offering.
 
  Prior to consummation of the Offering, the stockholders of Union Power will
purchase certain non-operating assets from that company at a price equal to
the book value of such assets, estimated to be $183,000 in the aggregate.
 
  Prior to consummation of the Offering, the stockholders of PAR will purchase
certain non-operating assets from that company at a price equal to the book
value of such assets, estimated to be $742,000 in the aggregate.
 
  Union Power leases its main office facilities located in Englewood, Colorado
from Soule Trusts Partnership, which is controlled by affiliates of Ronald W.
and Timothy A. Soule, and a branch facility
 
                                      46
<PAGE>
 
located in North Las Vegas, Nevada from RTS Partnership, which is owned by
Ronald W. and Timothy A. Soule. Ronald W. and Timothy A. Soule are President
and Vice President of Union Power, respectively, and Timothy Soule will become
a director of the Company upon consummation of the Offering. The Englewood
office lease provides for a five-year term that will terminate in the year
2002 with an option to renew the lease for an additional five-year term, and
covers approximately 3,500 square feet of office space on 4.8 acres, at a
monthly rental rate of $3,500. The North Las Vegas office lease will terminate
on May 31, 2006 with provision for automatic one-year renewal periods. Such
lease covers 2.69 acres and the leasehold improvements located on such land
for a monthly rental rate of $4,700. In addition, Union Power will lease two
directional drilling rigs from Mountain Drilling Equipment Co., which is owned
by Ronald W. and Timothy A. Soule. The equipment lease with Mountain Drilling
Equipment Co. provides for a one-year term which will terminate on August 1,
1998, and a monthly rental rate of $8,000. The Company believes that the
economic terms of these leases do not exceed fair market value.
 
  Following the Acquisitions, Potelco will enter into written leases for its
main office with the father of Gary A. Tucci and for another office in
Washington with Gary A. Tucci, who will remain as President of Potelco and
will become a director of the Company upon consummation of the Offering.
Currently, both leases are oral and on a month to month basis. The main office
lease is for a 15,000 square foot building on five acres, at a rent of $2,000
per month. The other lease is for a 2,200 square foot office with a 6,000
square foot maintenance facility on 1.5 acres, at a rent of $2,800 per month.
The Company believes that the economic terms of these leases do not exceed
fair market value.
 
  Following the Acquisitions, TRANS TECH will lease its main office from TRANS
TECH Properties, which is partially owned by Robert J. Urbanski and John A.
Martell, who are President and Vice President of TRANS TECH, respectively.
Additionally, Mr. Martell will become a director of the Company upon
consummation of the Offering. The main office of TRANS TECH is located in
South Bend, Indiana, and the facilities consist of approximately 7.5 acres of
real property, a 4,350 square foot office attached to a 10,560 square foot
heated warehouse, a 3,480 square foot detached unheated warehouse and a 3,000
square foot detached vehicle maintenance facility. The initial lease term is
for five years at a rent of $5,900 per month, plus the payment of all taxes,
insurance and maintenance on the property. TRANS TECH has the option to renew
the lease for an additional five year term at a rental rate equal to the then
current market rate. The Company believes that the economic terms of this
lease do not exceed fair market value.
 
  Union Power has notes outstanding to various affiliates in the aggregate
amount of approximately $460,000. The Company intends to use a portion of the
proceeds of the Offering to repay these notes.
 
  Potelco owes approximately $1.1 million to its sole stockholder and his
father pursuant to a promissory note and other arrangements. The Company
intends to use a portion of the proceeds of the Offering to repay this
indebtedness.
 
  Following completion of the Offering, the Company may repay up to $17.6
million of the Founding Companies' outstanding debt, although the exact amount
and specific debt to be repaid has not been determined at this time.
 
COMPANY POLICY
 
  In the future, any transactions with directors, officers, employees or
affiliates of the Company are anticipated to be minimal and will, in any case,
be approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, including a majority of
disinterested members of the Board of Directors.
 
                                      47
<PAGE>
 
                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
  The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
beneficial ownership of the Company's voting capital stock by (i) each person
known by the Company to be a beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of
the Company's voting capital stock, (ii) each director, nominee for director,
person who has consented to be named as a director ("named directors") and
executive officer of the Company and (iii) all directors, director nominees
and executive officers of the Company as a group. Except as otherwise
indicated below, the persons named in the table have advised the Company that
they have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares of
capital stock shown as beneficially owned by them. Unless otherwise indicated,
each person or group has sole voting and investment power with respect to all
such shares. Unless otherwise indicated, the number of shares and percentage
of ownership of Common Stock for each of the named stockholders, directors and
executive officers assumes that shares of Common Stock that the stockholders
directors and executive officers may acquire within 60 days are outstanding.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 PERCENTAGE OF
                                                                    SHARES
                                                                 BENEFICIALLY
                                                                     OWNED
                                                   SHARES      -----------------
                                                BENEFICIALLY   PRIOR TO  AFTER
NAME                                               OWNED       OFFERING OFFERING
- ----                                            ------------   -------- --------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>      <C>
John R. Colson(1)..............................  2,100,000       19.3%    13.2%
Main Street Merchant Partners II, L.P.(b)......  1,484,542(a)    13.7      9.4
Vincent D. Foster(2)(b)........................  1,484,542(a)    13.7      9.4
Gary A. Tucci(3)...............................  1,046,250        9.6      6.6
John R. Wilson(4)..............................    900,000        8.2      5.7
John A. Martell(5).............................    781,795        7.2      4.9
Timothy A. Soule(6)............................    337,392        3.1      2.1
James H. Haddox(1).............................    100,000(a)       *        *
Derrick A. Jensen(1)...........................     37,500(a)       *        *
James R. Ball(1)(7)............................     20,000(a)       *        *
Rodney R. Proto(1)(7)..........................     20,000(a)       *        *
Michael T. Willis(1)(7)........................     20,000(a)       *        *
Kevin D. Miller(b)(8)..........................    334,022(a)     3.1      2.1
Midwest Acquisition Support, LLC(b)(9).........    334,022(a)     3.1      2.1
Stephen P. Colmar(b)(10).......................    208,764(a)     1.9      1.3
William G. Parkhouse(b)(11)....................    179,382(a)     1.7      1.1
All directors, director nominees and executive
 officers as a group
 (9 persons)(12)...............................  6,847,479       63.0     43.1
</TABLE>
- --------
 * Less than 1%.
 
 (a) Consists entirely of Limited Vote Common Stock. See "Description of
     Capital Stock" for a description of the Limited Vote Common Stock.
 
 (b) Owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Limited Vote Common Stock.
 
 (1) The address for Messrs. Ball, Colson, Proto, Haddox, Jensen and Willis is
     3555 Timmons Lane, Suite 610, Houston, Texas 77027.
 
 (2) Includes 1,484,542 shares issued to Main Street. Mr. Foster is a Managing
     Director of Main Street. The address for Main Street and Mr. Foster is
     1360 Post Oak Blvd., Suite 800, Houston, Texas 77056.
 
 (3) The address for Mr. Tucci is 14103 Eight Street East, Sumner, Washington
     98390.
 
 (4) The address for Mr. Wilson is 1440 Iron Street, P.O. Box 12520, North
     Kansas City, Missouri 64116.
 
 (5) The address for Mr. Martell is 4601 Cleveland Road, P.O. Box 3915, South
     Bend, Indiana 46619. Includes 174,310 shares owned by trusts for the
     benefit of minor children of Mr. Martell, of which he disclaims
     beneficial ownership.
 
 (6) The address for Mr. Soule is 2045 W. Union Avenue, Englewood, Colorado
     80110.
 
 (7) In addition, each of Messrs. Ball, Proto and Willis have committed to
     purchase 15,000 shares of Common Stock in the Offering.
 
 (8) The address for Mr. Miller is 109 E. 5th Street, Suite E, Auburn, Indiana
     46706.
 
 (9) The address for Midwest Acquisition Support, LLC is 4040 San Felipe,
     Suite 155, Houston Texas 77027. Midwest Acquisition Support LLC is a
     limited liability company controlled by Bernard J. Gram.
 
(10) The address for Mr. Colmar is 603 W. 13th, Suite 1A-247, Austin, Texas
     78701. Does not include 117,525 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock owned
     by members of Mr. Colmar's family, for which he disclaims beneficial
     ownership.
 
(11) The address for Mr. Parkhouse is 5901 Fox Chapel Road, Austin, Texas
     78746. Does not include 154,640 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock held
     in trust for members of Mr. Parkhouse's family, for which he disclaims
     beneficial ownership.
 
(12) Includes 1,682,042 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock.
 
                                      48
<PAGE>
 
                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
  Upon completion of the Offering, the authorized capital stock of the Company
will consist of 40,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.00001 per
share, including 3,345,333 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock. The Company
has also authorized the issuance of 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par
value $.00001 per share ("Preferred Stock"). The following discussion is
qualified in its entirety by reference to the Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation of the Company, which is included as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
 
COMMON STOCK AND LIMITED VOTE COMMON STOCK
 
  The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share on all
matters voted upon by stockholders, including the election of directors. Such
holders are not entitled to vote cumulatively for the election of directors.
Holders of a majority of the shares of Common Stock entitled to vote in any
election of directors may elect all of the directors standing for election.
 
  Holders of Limited Vote Common Stock, voting together as a single class, are
entitled to elect one director. Holders of Limited Vote Common Stock are not
entitled to vote on the election of any other directors. Only the holders of
the Limited Vote Common Stock may remove the director such holders are
entitled to elect. Holders of Limited Vote Common Stock are entitled to 0.10
of one vote for each share held on all other matters on which they are
entitled to vote.
 
  Subject to the rights of any then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock,
holders of Common Stock and Limited Vote Common Stock are together entitled to
participate pro rata in such dividends as may be declared in the discretion of
the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. Holders of
Common Stock and Limited Vote Common Stock together are entitled to share
ratably in the net assets of the Company upon liquidation after payment or
provision for all liabilities and any preferential liquidation rights of any
Preferred Stock then outstanding. Holders of Common Stock and holders of
Limited Vote Common Stock have no preemptive rights to purchase shares of
stock of the Company. Shares of Common Stock are not subject to any redemption
provisions and are not convertible into any other securities of the Company.
Shares of Limited Vote Common Stock are not subject to any redemption
provisions and are convertible into Common Stock as described below.
 
  Each share of Limited Vote Common Stock will automatically convert to Common
Stock on a share-for-share basis in the event of a permitted disposition of
such share of Limited Vote Common Stock by the holder thereof (other than a
distribution by a holder to its partners or beneficial owners or a transfer to
a related party of such holder or to another holder of Limited Vote Common
Stock or a related party thereto (whether a party is a "related party" shall
be determined in accordance with Sections 267, 707, 318 and/or 4946 of the
Code)). The holders of Limited Vote Common Stock have no rights to convert
Limited Vote Common Stock into Common Stock and the only conversion feature of
the Limited Vote Common Stock is the automatic conversion upon a permitted
disposition.
 
  The Common Stock has been approved for listing, subject to notice of
issuance, on the NYSE.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
  The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of
Directors in one or more series. Subject to the provisions of the Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and limitations prescribed by law, the
Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt resolutions to issue the
shares, to fix the number of shares and to change the number of shares
constituting any series and to provide for or change the voting powers,
designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, exchange or
other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof,
including dividend rights (including whether dividends are cumulative),
dividend rates, terms of redemption (including sinking fund provisions),
redemption prices, conversion rights and liquidation preferences of the shares
constituting any class or series of the Preferred Stock, in each case without
any further action or vote by the holders of Common Stock.
 
                                      49
<PAGE>
 
  Although the Company has no present intention to issue shares of Preferred
Stock, the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock, or the issuance of rights to
purchase such shares, could be used to discourage an unsolicited acquisition
proposal. For example, the issuance of a series of Preferred Stock might
impede a business combination by including class voting rights that would
enable the holders to block such a transaction; or such issuance might
facilitate a business combination by including voting rights that would
provide a required percentage vote of the stockholders. In addition, under
certain circumstances, the issuance of Preferred Stock could adversely affect
the voting power of the holders of the Common Stock. Although the Board of
Directors is required to make any determination to issue such stock based on
its judgment as to the best interests of the stockholders of the Company, the
Board of Directors could act in a manner that would discourage an acquisition
attempt or other transaction that some or a majority of the stockholders might
believe to be in their best interests or in which stockholders might receive a
premium for their stock over the then-market price of such stock. The Board of
Directors does not at present intend to seek stockholder approval prior to any
issuance of currently authorized stock, unless otherwise required by law or
the rules of any market on which the Company's securities are traded.
 
STATUTORY BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISION
 
  The Company is a Delaware corporation and is subject to Section 203 of the
DGCL. In general, Section 203 prevents a Delaware corporation from engaging in
a "business combination" (as defined) with an "interested stockholder"
(defined generally as a person owning 15% or more of a corporation's
outstanding voting stock or affiliate or associate) for three years following
the time such stockholder became an interested stockholder unless (i) before
such person became an interested stockholder, the board of directors of the
corporation approved the business combination or the transaction in which the
interested stockholder became an interested stockholder, (ii) upon
consummation of the transaction which resulted in the interested stockholder's
becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least
85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the
transaction commenced (excluding stock held by directors who are also officers
of the corporation and by employee stock plans that do not provide employees
with the rights to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the
plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer) or (iii) at or subsequent
to the time such person became an interested stockholder, the business
combination was approved by the board of directors of the corporation and
authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders
of 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation not owned by the
interested stockholder. Under Section 203, the restrictions described above
also do not apply to certain business combinations proposed by an interested
stockholder following the announcement or notification of one of certain
extraordinary transactions involving the corporation and a person who had not
been an interested stockholder during the previous three years or who became
an interested stockholder with the approval of a majority of the corporation's
directors, if such extraordinary transaction is approved or not opposed by a
majority of the directors who were directors prior to any person becoming an
interested stockholder during the previous three years or were recommended for
election or elected to succeed such directors by a majority of such directors.
 
LIMITATION ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITY
 
  Delaware law authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal
liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of a director's fiduciary duty of care. The duty of care
requires that, when acting on behalf of the corporation, directors must
exercise an informed business judgment based on all material information
reasonably available to them. Absent the limitations authorized by Delaware
law, directors are accountable to corporations and their stockholders for
monetary damages for conduct constituting gross negligence in the exercise of
their duty of care. Delaware law enables corporations to limit available
relief to equitable remedies such as injunction or rescission. The Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of directors of the
Company to the Company or its stockholders to the fullest extent permitted by
Delaware law. Specifically,
 
                                      50
<PAGE>
 
directors of the Company will not be personally liable to the Company or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of a director's fiduciary duty as
a director, except for liability for breach of the duty of loyalty, for acts
or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock
repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL or for any
transaction in which a director has derived an improper personal benefit.
 
  The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that each
officer and director of the Company will be indemnified and held harmless, to
the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law (as amended from time to time),
against all expenses, liabilities and losses reasonably suffered in connection
with any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or
was a director or officer of the Company or, while being at the time a
director or officer of the Company, is or was serving at the request of the
Company as a director, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another entity.
The Company is not, however, permitted to indemnify any person in connection
with a proceeding initiated by that person unless such proceeding was
authorized by the Board of Directors. The Bylaws also provide for mandatory
advancement of expenses of officers and directors incurred in defending any
covered proceeding in advance of its final disposition. The Company also
intends to obtain directors' and officers' liability insurance.
 
  The inclusion of these provisions in the Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative
litigation against directors and may discourage or deter stockholders or
management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their duty
of care, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have
benefitted the Company and its stockholders. The Company's Bylaws provide
indemnification to the Company's officers and directors and certain other
persons with respect to certain matters.
 
OTHER MATTERS
 
  The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the
number of directors shall be as determined by the Board of Directors from time
to time, but shall be at least one and not more than nineteen. It also
provides that directors may be removed only for cause, and then only by the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of all outstanding
voting stock entitled to vote. This provision, in conjunction with the
provision of the Bylaws authorizing the Board of Directors to fill vacant
directorships, will prevent stockholders from removing incumbent directors
without cause and filling the resulting vacancies with their own nominees.
 
  The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that upon
consummation of the Offering stockholders may act only at an annual or special
meeting of stockholders and may not act by written consent. The Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that special meetings of the
stockholders can be called only by the Chairman of the Board pursuant to a
resolution approved by a majority of the whole Board of Directors.
 
STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS
 
  The Company's Bylaws contain provisions (i) requiring that advance notice be
delivered to the Company of any business to be brought by a stockholder before
an annual meeting of stockholders and (ii) establishing certain procedures to
be followed by stockholders in nominating persons for election to the Board of
Directors. Generally, such advance notice provisions provide that written
notice must be given to the Secretary of the Company by a stockholder (a) in
the event of business to be brought by a stockholder before, (i) an annual
meeting, not less than 90 nor more than 180 days prior to the earlier of the
date of the meeting or the anniversary date of the immediately preceding
annual meeting of stockholders and (ii) a special meeting, not less than 40
nor more than 60 days prior to the date of such
 
                                      51
<PAGE>
 
meeting of stockholders (with certain exceptions if less than 50 days notice
or prior public disclosure of the date of the special meeting is given to
stockholders) and (b) in the event of nominations of persons for election to
the Board of Directors by any stockholder, (i) with respect to an election to
be held at the annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 90 days prior to
the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual meeting of
stockholders and (ii) with respect to an election to be held at a special
meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, not later than the
close of business on the 10th day following the day on which notice of the
date of the special meeting was mailed to stockholders or public disclosure of
the date of the special meeting was made, whichever first occurs. Such notice
must set forth specific information regarding such stockholder and such
business or director nominee, as described in the Company's Bylaws. The
foregoing summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Company's
Bylaws, which are included as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus is a part.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
  The transfer agent and registrar for the Common Stock is American Stock
Transfer and Trust Company.
 
                                      52
<PAGE>
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
  Upon consummation of the Acquisitions and completion of the Offering, the
Company will have outstanding 15,872,333 shares of Common Stock (16,622,333 if
the Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full) of which the
5,000,000 shares sold in the Offering (5,750,000 if the Underwriters' over-
allotment option is exercised in full) will be freely tradable without
restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for those
held by "affiliates" (as defined in the Securities Act) of the Company, which
shares will be subject to the resale limitations of Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. The remaining 10,872,333 shares of Common Stock are deemed
"restricted securities" under Rule 144 in that they were originally issued and
sold by the Company in private transactions in reliance upon exemptions under
the Securities Act, and may be publicly sold only if registered under the
Securities Act or sold in accordance with an applicable exemption from
registration, such as those provided by Rule 144 promulgated under the
Securities Act as described below.
 
  In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, if a minimum of one year
has elapsed since the later of the date of acquisition of restricted
securities from the issuer or from any affiliate of the issuer, the acquiror
or subsequent holder would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a
number of those shares that does not exceed the greater of one percent of the
number of shares of such class of stock then outstanding or the average weekly
trading volume of the shares of such class of stock during the four calendar
weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to such sale. Sales
under Rule 144 are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and
notice requirements and to the availability of current public information
about the issuer. In addition, if a period of at least two years has elapsed
since the later of the date of acquisition of restricted securities from the
issuer or from any affiliate of the issuer, and the acquiror or subsequent
holder thereof is deemed not to have been an affiliate of the issuer of such
restricted securities at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, such
person would be entitled to sell such restricted securities under Rule 144(k)
without regard to the requirements described above. Rule 144 does not require
the same person to have held the securities for the applicable periods. The
foregoing summary of Rule 144 is not intended to be a complete description
thereof. The Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") has
proposed certain amendments to Rule 144 that would, among other things,
eliminate the manner of sale requirements and revise the notice provisions of
that rule. The Commission has also solicited comments on other possible
changes to Rule 144, including possible revisions to the one- and two-year
holding periods and the volume limitations referred to above.
 
  As of the closing of this Offering, options to purchase an aggregate of
1,500,000 shares of Common Stock are expected to be issued under the 1997
Stock Option Plan. In general, pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act,
any employee, officer or director of, or consultant to, the Company who
purchased his or her shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or
contract is entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, which
permit non-affiliates to sell such shares without compliance with the public
information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule
144, and permit affiliates to sell such shares without compliance with the
holding period provisions of Rule 144, in each case commencing 90 days after
the date of this Prospectus. In addition, the Company intends to file a
Registration Statement on Form S-8 covering the shares issuable upon exercise
of stock options that may be granted in the future under the 1997 Stock Option
Plan, in which case such shares of Common Stock generally will be freely
tradable by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the
Securities Act.
 
  The Company, its executive officers, directors, current stockholders and
persons acquiring shares of Common Stock in connection with the Acquisitions
have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option or other
right for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or
any securities, indebtedness or other rights exercisable for or convertible or
exchangeable into Common Stock owned or acquired in the future in any manner
for a period of two years following the date of this Prospectus (the "Lockup
Period") without the prior written consent of BT Alex. Brown Incorporated,
except that the Company may, subject to certain conditions, issue Common Stock
in connection with
 
                                      53
<PAGE>
 
acquisitions, upon conversion of Limited Vote Common Stock into Common Stock
and may grant Awards (or Common Stock upon exercise of Awards) under the 1997
Stock Option Plan. See "Underwriting." These restrictions will be applicable
to any shares acquired by any of those persons in the Offering or otherwise
during the Lockup Period. In connection with the Acquisitions, the Company has
granted registration rights to stockholders of the Founding Companies in
connection with registrations of sales of Common Stock by the Company
following the Lockup Period (other than registrations in connection with
acquisitions and pursuant to employee benefit plans).
 
  Prior to the Offering, there has been no established public market for the
Common Stock. No prediction can be made of the effect, if any, that sales of
shares under Rule 144, or otherwise, or the availability of shares for sale
will have on the market price of the Common Stock prevailing from time to time
after the Offering. The Company is unable to estimate the number of shares
that may be sold in the public market under Rule 144, or otherwise, because
such amount will depend on the trading volume in, and market price for, the
Common Stock and other factors. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of
the Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could
occur, could adversely affect the market price of the Common Stock of the
Company and the Company's future ability to raise equity capital and complete
any additional acquisitions for Common Stock. See "Underwriting."
 
                                      54
<PAGE>
 
                                 UNDERWRITING
 
  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, the
underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"), through their representatives,
BT Alex. Brown Incorporated, BancAmerica Robertson Stephens and Sanders Morris
Mundy Inc. (together, the "Representatives"), have severally agreed to
purchase from the Company the following respective number of shares of Common
Stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and
commissions set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       NUMBER OF
UNDERWRITERS                                                            SHARES
- ------------                                                           ---------
<S>                                                                    <C>
BT Alex. Brown Incorporated...........................................
BancAmerica Robertson Stephens........................................
Sanders Morris Mundy Inc..............................................
                                                                       ---------
  Total............................................................... 5,000,000
                                                                       =========
</TABLE>
 
  The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters
are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the Underwriters will
purchase all of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby if any of such
shares are purchased.
 
  The Company has been advised by the Representatives that the Underwriters
propose to offer the shares of Common Stock to the public at the initial
public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to
certain dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of $   per
share. The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a concession
not in excess of $   per share to certain other dealers. After commencement of
the initial public offering, the offering price and other selling terms may be
changed by the Representatives.
 
  The Company has granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable not later
than 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 750,000
additional shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering price less
the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise such option, each of
the Underwriters will have a firm commitment to purchase approximately the
same percentage thereof that the number of shares of Common Stock to be
purchased by it in the above table bears to 5,000,000, and the Company will be
obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell such shares to the Underwriters.
The Underwriters may exercise such option only to cover over-allotments made
in connection with the sale of the Common Stock offered
 
                                      55
<PAGE>
 
hereby. If purchased, the Underwriters will offer such additional shares on
the same terms as those on which the 5,000,000 shares are being offered.
 
  The Underwriting Agreement contains covenants of indemnity and contribution
between the Underwriters and the Company regarding certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act.
 
  To facilitate the Offering, the Underwriters may engage in transactions that
stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Stock.
Specifically, the Underwriters may over-allot shares of the Common Stock in
connection with the Offering, thereby creating a short position in the
Underwriters' syndicate account. Additionally, to cover such over-allotments
or to stabilize the market price of the Common Stock, the Underwriters may bid
for, and purchase, shares of the Common Stock in the open market. Any of these
activities may maintain the market price of the Common Stock at a level above
that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. The Underwriters are
not required to engage in these activities, and, if commenced, any such
activities may be discontinued at any time. The Representatives, on behalf of
the Underwriters, also may reclaim selling concessions allowed to an
Underwriter or dealer, if the syndicate repurchases shares distributed by that
Underwriter or dealer.
 
  The Company has agreed that it will not sell or offer any shares of Common
Stock or options, rights or warrants to acquire any Common Stock for a period
of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without the prior written
consent of BT Alex. Brown Incorporated, except for shares issued (i) in
connection with acquisitions, (ii) pursuant to the exercise of options granted
under the 1997 Stock Option Plan and (iii) upon conversion of shares of
Limited Vote Common Stock. Further, the Company's directors, officers and
certain stockholders who beneficially own 10,872,333 shares in the aggregate
have agreed not to directly or indirectly sell or offer for sale or otherwise
dispose of any Common Stock for a period of two years after the date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of BT Alex. Brown Incorporated.
 
  The Representatives have advised the Company that the Underwriters do not
intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary
authority.
 
  Two shareholders and directors of Sanders Morris Mundy Inc. are limited
partners in Main Street. The shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by
these two individuals represent less than 1% of the Common Stock to be
outstanding after the consummation of the Offering.
 
  Prior to the Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock.
Consequently, the initial public offering price for the Common Stock has been
determined by negotiations between the Company and the Representatives. Among
the factors considered in such negotiations were prevailing market conditions,
the results of operations of the Founding Companies in recent periods, the
market capitalization and stages of development or other companies which the
Company and the Representatives believed to be comparable to the Company,
estimates of the business potential of the Company, the present state of the
Company's development and other factors deemed relevant by the Company and the
Representatives.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
  The validity of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby will be passed
upon for the Company by Jackson Walker L.L.P., Dallas, Texas. Certain legal
matters in connection with the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby will be
passed upon for the Underwriters by Piper & Marbury L.L.P., Baltimore,
Maryland.
 
 
                                      56
<PAGE>
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
  The financial statements of Quanta and the Founding Companies, included in
this Prospectus and elsewhere in this registration statement have been audited
by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their
reports with respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the
authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said
reports.
 
  The Common Stock issued in connection with the Acquisitions may not be sold
to the public and the holders of those shares are restricted from selling
those shares to the public for a period of at least two years after
consummation of the Acquisitions. An independent valuation study was rendered
to Quanta by Willamette Management Associates, Inc., independent appraisers,
to assist Quanta in determining the discount to be applied to the Common Stock
issued in connection with the Acquisitions and Limited Vote Common Stock in
reliance upon the authority of such firm as experts in rendering said
valuation study.
 
                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
  The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 (together with all exhibits, schedules and amendments relating thereto,
the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act with respect to the
Common Stock offered hereby. This Prospectus, filed as part of the
Registration Statement, does not contain all the information contained in the
Registration Statement, certain portions of which have been omitted in
accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further
information with respect to the Company and the Common Stock offered hereby,
reference is made to the Registration Statement. Statements contained in this
Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement accurately describes the material
provisions of such document and are qualified in their entirety by reference
to such exhibits for complete statements of their provisions. All of these
documents may be inspected without charge at the Public Reference Section of
the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the following regional offices of the
Commission: Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661; and 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York
10048. Copies can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the
Commission at prescribed rates. The Commission maintains a Web site
(http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements
and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the
Commission.
 
  Prior to filing the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a
part, the Company was not subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"). Upon effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the Company will
become subject to the informational and periodic reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act, and in accordance therewith, will file periodic reports, proxy
statements and other information with the Commission. Such periodic reports,
proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and
copying at the public reference facilities and other regional offices referred
to above. The Company intends to register the securities offered by the
Registration Statement under the Exchange Act simultaneously with the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement and to furnish its stockholders
with annual reports containing audited financial statements and such other
reports as may be required from time to time by law or the NYSE.
 
                                      57
<PAGE>
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
<S>                                                                        <C>
QUANTA SERVICES, INC. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
  Introduction to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements.......  F-2
  Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Balance Sheet..............................  F-3
  Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations...................  F-4
  Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Financial Statements..............  F-6
PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants................................ F-12
  Balance Sheets.......................................................... F-13
  Statements of Operations................................................ F-14
  Statements of Cash Flows................................................ F-15
  Statements of Shareholders' Equity...................................... F-16
  Notes to Financial Statements........................................... F-17
QUANTA SERVICES, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants................................ F-26
  Balance Sheet........................................................... F-27
  Statement of Operations................................................. F-28
  Statement of Stockholders' Equity....................................... F-29
  Notes to Financial Statements........................................... F-30
FOUNDING COMPANIES
- ------------------
UNION POWER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
  Report of Independent Public Accountants................................ F-33
  Balance Sheets.......................................................... F-34
  Statements of Operations................................................ F-35
  Statements of Cash Flows................................................ F-36
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity...................................... F-37
  Notes to Financial Statements........................................... F-38
TRANS TECH ELECTRIC, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants................................ F-46
  Balance Sheets.......................................................... F-47
  Statements of Operations................................................ F-48
  Statements of Cash Flows................................................ F-49
  Statements of Shareholders' Equity...................................... F-50
  Notes to Financial Statements........................................... F-51
POTELCO, INC.
  Report of Independent Public Accountants................................ F-58
  Balance Sheets.......................................................... F-59
  Statements of Operations................................................ F-60
  Statements of Cash Flows................................................ F-61
  Statements of Stockholder's Equity...................................... F-62
  Notes to Financial Statements........................................... F-63
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
 
                 QUANTA SERVICES, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES
               UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                             BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
  The following unaudited pro forma combined financial statements give effect
to (i) the acquisitions by Quanta Services, Inc. (Quanta), of the outstanding
capital stock of PAR, TRANS TECH, Union Power and Potelco (together, the
Founding Companies), and related transactions and (ii) the Offering. The
acquisitions (the Acquisitions) will occur simultaneously with the closing of
Quanta's initial public offering (the Offering) and will be accounted for
using the purchase method of accounting. PAR has been identified as the
accounting acquiror for financial statement presentation purposes as its
stockholders will represent the largest voting interest within Quanta.
 
  The unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet gives effect to the
Acquisitions and related transactions, and the Offering, as if they had
occurred on September 30, 1997. The unaudited pro forma combined statements of
operations give effect to these transactions as if they had occurred on
January 1, 1996.
 
  Quanta has preliminarily analyzed the savings that is expects to be realized
from reductions in salaries, bonuses and certain benefits to the owners. To
the extent the owners of the Founding Companies have contractually agreed to
prospective reductions in salary, bonuses, benefits and lease payments, these
reductions have been reflected in the unaudited pro forma combined statements
of operations. With respect to other potential cost savings, Quanta has not
and cannot quantify these savings until completion of the Acquisitions. It is
anticipated that these savings will be offset by costs related to Quanta's new
corporate management and by the costs associated with being a public company.
However, because these costs cannot be accurately quantified at this time,
they have not been included in the pro forma financial information of Quanta.
 
  The pro forma adjustments are based on preliminary estimates, available
information and certain assumptions that Company management deems appropriate
and may be revised as additional information becomes available. The pro forma
financial data do not purport to represent what Quanta's financial position or
results of operations would actually have been if such transactions in fact
had occurred on those dates and are not necessarily representative of Quanta's
financial position or results of operations for any future period. Since the
Founding Companies were not under common control or management, historical
combined results may not be comparable to, or indicative of, future
performance. The unaudited pro forma combined financial statements should be
read in conjunction with the other financial statements and notes thereto
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. See also "Risk Factors" included
elsewhere herein.
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
 
                  QUANTA SERVICES, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES
                   UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
                               SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 PRO
                                           TRANS    UNION           PRO FORMA   FORMA    POST MERGER    AS
                           PAR    POTELCO  TECH     POWER   QUANTA ADJUSTMENTS COMBINED  ADJUSTMENTS ADJUSTED
         ASSETS          -------  ------- -------  -------  ------ ----------- --------  ----------- --------
<S>                      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>    <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash
  equivalents........... $    34  $  280  $   865  $    74   $  8    $   874   $  2,135   $    340   $  2,475
 Accounts receivable....  10,776   5,016    6,297    7,947    --        (651)    29,385        --      29,385
 Less -- Allowance......     100      47      158       84    --         --         389        --         389
                         -------  ------  -------  -------   ----    -------   --------   --------   --------
  Accounts receivable,
   net..................  10,676   4,969    6,139    7,863    --        (651)    28,996        --      28,996
 Costs and profits
  recognized in excess
  of billings...........   1,218     975    4,320      361    --         --       6,874        --       6,874
 Other receivables......     148     --       --       --     --         --         148        --         148
 Inventories............     --      --       684      --     --         --         684        --         684
 Prepaid expenses and
  other.................   1,130      34       86      279     56        --       1,585        (56)     1,529
                         -------  ------  -------  -------   ----    -------   --------   --------   --------
   Total current assets.  13,206   6,258   12,094    8,577     64        223     40,422        284     40,706
                         -------  ------  -------  -------   ----    -------   --------   --------   --------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT,
 NET....................  13,992   3,206    2,924    6,065    --        (925)    25,262        --      25,262
OTHER ASSETS............     240     --         3      --     --         --         243        --         243
GOODWILL................     --      --       --       --     --      67,000     67,000        --      67,000
                         -------  ------  -------  -------   ----    -------   --------   --------   --------
   Total assets......... $27,438  $9,464  $15,021  $14,642   $ 64    $66,298   $132,927   $    284   $133,211
                         =======  ======  =======  =======   ====    =======   ========   ========   ========
    LIABILITIES AND
  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Current maturities of
  long-term debt........ $ 6,294  $1,653  $ 2,797  $ 1,138   $--     $ 7,816   $ 19,698   $(11,857)  $  7,841
 Accounts payable and
  accrued expenses......   7,376   2,163    5,166    4,330    --        (651)    18,384                18,384
 Payables to Founding
  Company stockholders..     --      254      --       --      64     21,000     21,318    (21,318)       --
 Billings in excess of
  costs and profits
  recognized............      85      74      173      163    --         --         495        --         495
                         -------  ------  -------  -------   ----    -------   --------   --------   --------
   Total current
    liabilities......... $13,755  $4,144  $ 8,136  $ 5,631   $ 64    $28,165   $ 59,895   $(33,175)  $ 26,720
                         -------  ------  -------  -------   ----    -------   --------   --------   --------
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:
 Long-term debt, net of
  current maturities....   2,008   1,382      981    1,076    --         (26)     5,421     (5,421)       --
 Deferred income taxes..   2,224     --       --     1,257    --         788      4,269        --       4,269
                         -------  ------  -------  -------   ----    -------   --------   --------   --------
   Total long-term
    liabilities.........   4,232   1,382      981    2,333    --         762      9,690     (5,421)     4,269
                         -------  ------  -------  -------   ----    -------   --------   --------   --------
COMMITMENTS AND
 CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 Common Stock...........      50     --       125       25    --        (200)       --         --         --
 Limited Vote Common
  Stock.................     --      --       --       --     --         --         --         --         --
 Addition paid-in
  capital...............     --      160      --       --     --      52,325     52,485     38,880     91,365
 Unrealized loss on
  securities............     --      --       --       (56)   --         --         (56)       --         (56)
 Retained earnings......  10,913   3,778    5,841    6,709    --     (16,328)    10,913        --      10,913
 Treasury stock.........  (1,512)    --       (62)     --     --       1,574        --         --         --
                         -------  ------  -------  -------   ----    -------   --------   --------   --------
   Total stockholders'
    equity..............   9,451   3,938    5,904    6,678    --      37,371     63,342   $ 38,880    102,222
                         -------  ------  -------  -------   ----    -------   --------   --------   --------
   Total liabilities and
    stockholders'
    equity.............. $27,438  $9,464  $15,021  $14,642   $ 64    $66,298   $132,927   $    284   $133,211
                         =======  ======  =======  =======   ====    =======   ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
 
                 QUANTA SERVICES, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES
             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                             TRANS    UNION           PRO FORMA
                            PAR    POTELCO   TECH     POWER   QUANTA ADJUSTMENTS  TOTAL
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  ------ ----------- --------
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>    <C>         <C>
REVENUES................  $42,684  $14,549  $24,414  $30,884  $ --     $(4,388)  $108,143
COST OF SERVICES
 (including
 depreciation)..........   35,789   12,946   20,426   26,996    --      (4,388)    91,769
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -----    -------   --------
  Gross profit..........    6,895    1,603    3,988    3,888    --         --      16,374
SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES...............    5,012      971    1,848    1,471    --        (908)     8,394
GOODWILL AMORTIZATION...      --       --       --       --     --       1,675      1,675
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -----    -------   --------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS..    1,883      632    2,140    2,417    --        (767)     6,305
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest expense......     (576)    (321)    (313)     (33)   --         661       (582)
  Other, net............      (70)    (123)      45      166    --         164        182
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -----    -------   --------
  Other income
   (expense), net.......     (646)    (444)    (268)     133    --         825       (400)
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -----    -------   --------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX
 EXPENSE................    1,237      188    1,872    2,550    --          58      5,905
PROVISION FOR INCOME
 TAXES:.................      487      --       --       451    --       2,056      2,994
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  -----    -------   --------
NET INCOME..............  $   750  $   188  $ 1,872  $ 2,099  $ --     $(1,998)  $  2,911
                          =======  =======  =======  =======  =====    =======   ========
NET INCOME PER SHARE....                                                         $   0.18
                                                                                 ========
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING
 PRO FORMA INCOME PER
 SHARE(1)...............                                                           15,835
                                                                                 ========
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) Includes (a) 3,345,333 shares issued to certain management personnel and
    the initial stockholders of Quanta, (b) 7,527,000 shares issued to owners
    of the Founding Companies and (c) 4,962,259 of the 5,000,000 shares sold
    in the Offering to pay the cash portion of the Acquisition consideration,
    expenses of the Offering and retirement of debt. The 37,741 shares
    excluded reflect net cash to Quanta.
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
 
                 QUANTA SERVICES, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES
             UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                 FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE AND PER SHARE DATA)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                             TRANS    UNION           PRO FORMA
                            PAR    POTELCO   TECH     POWER   QUANTA ADJUSTMENTS  TOTAL
                          -------  -------  -------  -------  ------ ----------- --------
<S>                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>    <C>         <C>
REVENUES................  $36,439  $13,248  $24,278  $37,202   $--     $(2,501)  $108,666
COST OF SERVICES
 (including
 depreciation)..........   27,944   10,416   19,687   31,750    --      (2,501)    87,296
                          -------  -------  -------  -------   ----    -------   --------
Gross profit............    8,495    2,832    4,591    5,452    --         --      21,370
SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINITRATIVE EXPENSES.    5,013      777    1,362    1,914    --      (1,773)     7,293
GOODWILL AMORTIZATION...      --       --       --       --     --       1,256      1,256
                          -------  -------  -------  -------   ----    -------   --------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS..    3,482    2,055    3,229    3,538    --         517     12,821
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest expense......     (470)    (185)    (232)    (115)   --         508       (494)
  Other, net............      (97)      20       38      230    --         125        316
                          -------  -------  -------  -------   ----    -------   --------
  Other income
   (expense), net.......     (567)    (165)    (194)     115    --         633       (178)
                          -------  -------  -------  -------   ----    -------   --------
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX
 EXPENSE................    2,915    1,890    3,035    3,653    --       1,150     12,643
PROVISION FOR INCOME
 TAXES..................    1,172      --       --     1,461    --       2,791      5,424
                          -------  -------  -------  -------   ----    -------   --------
NET INCOME..............  $ 1,743  $ 1,890  $ 3,035  $ 2,192   $--     $(1,641)  $  7,219
                          =======  =======  =======  =======   ====    =======   ========
NET INCOME PER SHARE....                                                         $   0.46
                                                                                 ========
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING
 PRO FORMA INCOME PER
 SHARE(1)...............                                                           15,835
                                                                                 ========
</TABLE>    
- --------
(1) Includes (a) 3,345,333 shares issued to certain management personnel and
    the initial stockholders of Quanta, (b) 7,527,000 shares issued to owners
    of the Founding Companies and (c) 4,962,259 of the 5,000,000 shares sold
    in the Offering to pay the cash portion of the Acquisition consideration,
    expenses of the Offering and retirement of debt. The 37,741 shares
    excluded reflect net cash to Quanta.
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
 
                 QUANTA SERVICES, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES
          NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. GENERAL:
 
  Quanta Services, Inc. (Quanta), was founded to create a leading provider of
specialty electrical contracting and maintenance services primarily related to
electric and telecommunications infrastructure in North America. Quanta has
conducted no operations to date and will acquire the Founding Companies
concurrently with and as a condition of the closing of this Offering.
 
  The historical financial statements reflect the financial position and
results of operations of the Founding Companies and were derived from the
respective Founding Companies' financial statements where indicated. The
periods included in these financial statements for the individual Founding
Companies are as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 1997, and for
the year ended December 31, 1996. The audited historical financial statements
included elsewhere herein have been included in accordance with Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC) Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 80.
 
2. ACQUISITION OF FOUNDING COMPANIES:
 
  Concurrently with and as a condition to the closing of this Offering, Quanta
will acquire all of the outstanding capital stock of the Founding Companies.
The acquisitions will be accounted for using the purchase method of accounting
with PAR being reflected as the accounting acquiror as its stockholders will
represent the largest voting interest within Quanta.
   
  The following table sets forth the consideration to be paid (a) in cash and
(b) in shares of Common Stock to the common stockholders of each of the
Founding Companies, other than the accounting acquiror (PAR). For purposes of
computing the estimated purchase price for accounting purposes, the value of
the shares was determined using an estimated fair value of $8.10 per share (or
$36.7 million), which is less than the estimated initial public offering price
of $9.00 per share due primarily to restrictions on the sale and
transferability of the shares issued. The total estimated purchase price of
$49.3 million for the acquisition is based upon preliminary estimates and is
subject to certain purchase price adjustments at and following closing. The
table does not reflect distributions totaling $7.8 million consisting of
certain Founding Companies' undistributed earnings previously taxed to their
stockholders (S Corporation Distributions) prior to the Acquisitions.     
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     SHARES OF
                                                             CASH   COMMON STOCK
                                                            ------- ------------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
      <S>                                                   <C>     <C>
      Potelco.............................................. $ 2,919    1,046
      TRANS TECH...........................................   4,363    1,564
      Union Power..........................................   5,348    1,917
                                                            -------    -----
        Total.............................................. $12,630    4,527
                                                            =======    =====
</TABLE>
   
  Additionally, the Limited Vote Common Stock issued to the initial
stockholders and management has been accounted for by the Company as a
purchase transaction. For purposes of estimating the purchase price for
accounting purposes, the value of the shares was determined using an estimated
fair value of $7.65 per share (or $25.6 million) which is less than the
estimated initial public offering price of $9.00 per share due to restrictions
on the sale and transferability of the shares issued, and the limited vote
provisions applicable to such shares.     
   
  For purposes of the transactions discussed above, the Company utilized a
$8.10 per share value for the Common Stock and a $7.65 per share value for the
Limited Vote Common Stock in calculating goodwill. These valuations reflect a
10% and 15% discount, respectively, from the expected initial public     
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
 
                 QUANTA SERVICES, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES
    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
   
offering price, based on the two-year lock-up agreement entered into by the
stockholders of each Founding Company and by the holders of the Limited Vote
Common Stock with BT Alex. Brown Incorporated.     
 
3. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET ADJUSTMENTS:
 
  (a)  Records the S Corporation Distributions of $7.8 million, which is
       expected to be distributed using new borrowings of $7.8 million.
 
  (b)  Records the liability for the cash portion of the consideration to be
       paid to PAR, the accounting acquiror, and the merger of Quanta with
       PAR.
 
  (c)  Records the transfer of certain net nonoperating assets to the Founding
       Companies prior to the Acquisition at a price equal to the net book
       value of such assets. Management believes that the historical carrying
       value of such net non-operating assets approximate fair value.
       Additionally, reflects the elimination of payables and receivables
       between PAR and Union Power.
   
  (d)  Records the purchase of the Founding Companies by Quanta consisting of
       payables to Founding Company stockholders of $12.6 million (to reflect
       the cash consideration payable to the Founders excluding PAR) and 4.53
       million shares of Common Stock valued at $8.10 per share (or $36.7
       million) for a total estimated purchase price of $49.3 million
       resulting in excess purchase price of $41.4 million over the net assets
       acquired of $7.9 million (see Note 2). Additionally, records the 3.3
       million shares of Limited Vote Common Stock, issued to the sponsors and
       management valued at $7.65 per share (or $25.6 million) resulting in
       excess purchase price of $25.6 million over the net assets acquired.
       Based on its initial assessment, management believes that the
       historical carrying value of the Founding Companies' assets and
       liabilities will approximate fair value and that there are no other
       identifiable intangible assets to which any material purchase price can
       be allocated.     
 
    The following reconciles the historical net assets of the Founding
    Companies to the net assets acquired (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       ACQUIRED
                                                    TOTAL     LESS--   FOUNDING
                                                   COMBINED    PAR     COMPANIES
                                                   --------  --------  ---------
      <S>                                          <C>       <C>       <C>
        Historical net assets..................... $25,183     (9,451)  $15,732
        S Corporation Distributions (as discussed
         elsewhere herein)........................  (7,841)       --     (7,841)
                                                   -------   --------   -------
        Net assets after transfers................ $17,342   $ (9,451)  $ 7,891
                                                   =======   ========   =======
</TABLE>
 
  (e)  Records the cash proceeds of $38.9 million from the issuance of shares
       of Quanta Common Stock (based on an initial public offering price of
       $9.00 per share) net of estimated offering costs of $6.1 million.
       Offering costs primarily consist of underwriting discounts and
       commissions, accounting fees, legal fees and printing expenses.
 
  (f)  Records payment of the cash portion of the consideration to the
       stockholders of the Founding Companies of $21.0 million in connection
       with the Acquisitions and the expected repayment of outstanding short-
       and long-term debt totaling $17.6 million.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
 
                 QUANTA SERVICES, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES
    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The following table summarizes unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet
adjustments (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                          ADJUSTMENT
                                ----------------------------------   PRO FORMA
                                  (A)      (B)      (C)      (D)    ADJUSTMENTS
            ASSETS              -------  --------  ------  -------  -----------
<S>                             <C>      <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>
Current assets--
  Cash and cash equivalents.... $   --   $    --    $ 874  $   --    $    874
  Accounts receivable..........     --        --     (651)     --        (651)
  Prepaid expenses and other...     --        --      --       --         --
                                -------  --------  ------  -------   --------
    Total current assets.......     --        --      223      --         223
Property and equipment, net....     --        --     (925)     --        (925)
Goodwill.......................     --        --      --    67,000     67,000
                                -------  --------  ------  -------   --------
    Total assets............... $   --   $    --   $ (702) $67,000   $ 66,298
                                =======  ========  ======  =======   ========
<CAPTION>
 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS'
            EQUITY
<S>                             <C>      <C>       <C>     <C>      <C>
Current liabilities--
  Current maturities of long-
   term debt................... $ 7,841  $     --  $  (25) $    --   $  7,816
  Accounts payable and accrued
   expenses....................     --        --     (651)     --        (651)
  Payables to Founding Company
   stockholders................     --      8,370     --    12,630     21,000
                                -------  --------  ------  -------   --------
    Total current liabilities..   7,841     8,370    (676)  12,630     28,165
Long-term debt, net of current
 maturities....................     --        --      (26)     --         (26)
Deferred income taxes..........     --        --      --       788        788
                                -------  --------  ------  -------   --------
    Total liabilities..........   7,841     8,370    (702)  13,418     28,927
Stockholders' equity--
  Common Stock.................     --        (20)    --      (180)      (200)
  Limited Vote Common Stock....     --        --      --        --         --
  Additional paid-in capital...     --     (9,862)    --    62,187     52,325
  Retained earnings............  (7,841)      --      --    (8,487)   (16,328)
  Treasury stock...............     --      1,512     --        62      1,574
                                -------  --------  ------  -------   --------
    Total stockholders' equity.  (7,841)   (8,370)    --    53,582     37,371
                                -------  --------  ------  -------   --------
    Total liabilities and
     stockholders' equity...... $   --   $    --   $ (702) $67,000   $ 66,298
                                =======  ========  ======  =======   ========
</TABLE>    
 
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
 
                 QUANTA SERVICES, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES
    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      ADJUSTMENT
                                                   ----------------  POST MERGER
                                                     (E)     (F)     ADJUSTMENTS
                      ASSETS                         ---   --------  -----------
<S>                                                <C>     <C>       <C>
Current assets--
  Cash and cash equivalents....................... $38,936 $(38,596)  $    340
  Prepaid expenses and other......................     --       (56)       (56)
                                                   ------- --------   --------
    Total current assets..........................  38,936  (38,652)       284
                                                   ------- --------   --------
    Total assets.................................. $38,936 $(38,652)  $    284
                                                   ======= ========   ========

       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Current liabilities--
  Current maturities of long-term debt............ $   --  $(11,857)  $(11,857)
  Payable to Founding Company stockholders........     --   (21,318)   (21,318)
                                                   ------- --------   --------
    Total current liabilities.....................     --   (33,175)   (33,175)
Long-term debt, net of current maturities.........     --    (5,421)    (5,421)
                                                   ------- --------   --------
    Total liabilities.............................     --   (38,596)   (38,596)
                                                   ------- --------   --------
Stockholders' equity--
  Common Stock....................................     --       --         --
  Limited Vote Common Stock.......................     --       --         --
  Additional paid-in capital......................  38,936      (56)    38,880
  Retained earnings...............................     --       --         --
  Treasury stock..................................     --       --         --
                                                   ------- --------   --------
    Total stockholders' equity....................  38,936      (56)    38,880
                                                   ------- --------   --------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.... $38,936 $(38,652)  $    284
                                                   ======= ========   ========
</TABLE>
 
4. UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS ADJUSTMENTS:
 
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996
 
  (a)  Reflects the $0.9 million reduction in salaries, bonuses and benefits
       to the owners of the Founding Companies. These reductions in salaries,
       bonuses and benefits have been agreed to prospectively in accordance
       with the terms of employment agreements. Such employment agreements are
       primarily for three years, contain restrictions related to competition
       and provide severance for termination of employment in certain
       circumstances. Additionally, reflects reductions in expenses associated
       with certain non-operating assets that will be transferred to the
       Founding Companies prior to the Acquisitions.
 
  (b)  Reflects the amortization of goodwill to be recorded as a result of
       these Acquisitions over a 40-year estimated life.
 
  (c)  Reflects interest expense of $0.7 million on borrowings of $7.8 million
       necessary to fund the S Corporation Distributions, net of interest
       savings of $1.4 million on $17.6 million of debt to be repaid using
       proceeds from the Offering or distributed prior to the Acquisitions.
       The additional $0.7 million of interest expense was calculated
       utilizing an annual effective interest rate of approximately 8.5%.
 
  (d)  Reflects the elimination of revenues between PAR and Union Power.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
 
                 QUANTA SERVICES, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES
    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  (e)  Reflects the incremental provision for federal and state income taxes
       at an approximate 39.0% overall tax rate before goodwill and other
       permanent items, relating to the other statement of operations
       adjustments and for income taxes on S corporation income not provided
       for in the historical financial statements.
 
  The following table summarizes unaudited pro forma combined statements of
operations adjustments (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                         ADJUSTMENT
                             --------------------------------------   PRO FORMA
                              (A)      (B)    (C)    (D)      (E)    ADJUSTMENTS
                             ------  -------  ---- -------  -------  -----------
<S>                          <C>     <C>      <C>  <C>      <C>      <C>
Revenues...................  $  --   $   --   $--  $(4,388) $   --     $(4,388)
Cost of service............     --       --    --   (4,388)     --      (4,388)
                             ------  -------  ---- -------  -------    -------
  Gross profit.............     --       --    --      --       --         --
Selling, general and admin-
 istrative expenses........    (908)     --    --      --       --        (908)
Goodwill amortization......     --     1,675   --      --       --       1,675
                             ------  -------  ---- -------  -------    -------
  Income (loss) from
   operations..............     908   (1,675)  --      --       --        (767)
Other income (expense)--
  Interest expense.........     --       --    661     --       --         661
  Other, net...............     164      --    --      --       --         164
                             ------  -------  ---- -------  -------    -------
  Income (loss) before
   income taxes............   1,072   (1,675)  661     --       --          58
Provision for income taxes.     --       --    --      --     2,056      2,056
                             ------  -------  ---- -------  -------    -------
Net income (loss)..........  $1,072  $(1,675) $661 $   --   $(2,056)   $(1,998)
                             ======  =======  ==== =======  =======    =======
</TABLE>    
 
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
 
  (a)  Reflects the $1.8 million reduction in salaries, bonuses and benefits
       to the owners of the Founding Companies. These reductions in salaries,
       bonuses and benefits have been agreed to prospectively in accordance
       with the terms of employment agreements. Such employment agreements are
       primarily for three years, contain restrictions related to competition
       and provide severance for termination of employment in certain
       circumstances. Additionally, reflects reductions in expenses associated
       with certain non-operating assets that will be transferred to the
       Founding Companies prior to the Acquisitions.
 
  (b)  Reflects the amortization of goodwill to be recorded as a result of
       these Acquisitions over a 40-year estimated life.
 
  (c)  Reflects interest expense of $0.5 million on borrowings of $7.8 million
       necessary to fund the S Corporation Distributions, net of interest
       savings of $1.0 million on $17.6 million of debt to be repaid using
       proceeds from the Offering. The additional $0.5 million of interest
       expense was calculated utilizing an annual effective interest rate of
       approximately 8.5%.
 
  (d)  Reflects the elimination of revenues between PAR and Union Power.
 
  (e)  Reflects the incremental provision for federal and state income taxes
       at an approximate 39.0% overall tax rate before goodwill and other
       permanent items, relating to the other statements of operations
       adjustments and for income taxes on S corporation income not provided
       for in the historical financial statements.
 
                                     F-10
<PAGE>
 
                  QUANTA SERVICES, INC. AND FOUNDING COMPANIES
    NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The following table summarizes unaudited pro forma combined statements of
operations adjustments (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                         ADJUSTMENT
                             --------------------------------------   PRO FORMA
                              (A)      (B)    (C)    (D)      (E)    ADJUSTMENTS
                             ------  -------  ---- -------  -------  -----------
<S>                          <C>     <C>      <C>  <C>      <C>      <C>
Revenues...................  $  --   $   --   $--  $(2,501) $   --     $(2,501)
Cost of service............     --       --    --   (2,501)     --      (2,501)
                             ------  -------  ---- -------  -------    -------
    Gross profit...........     --       --    --      --       --         --
Selling, general and
 administrative expenses...  (1,773)     --    --      --       --      (1,773)
Goodwill amortization......     --     1,256   --      --       --       1,256
                             ------  -------  ---- -------  -------    -------
    Income (loss) from
     operations............   1,773   (1,256)  --      --       --         517
Other income (expense)--
  Interest expense.........     --       --    508     --       --         508
  Other, net...............     125      --    --      --       --         125
                             ------  -------  ---- -------  -------    -------
    Income (loss) before
     income taxes..........   1,898   (1,256)  508     --       --       1,150
Provision for income taxes.     --       --    --      --     2,791      2,791
                             ------  -------  ---- -------  -------    -------
Net income (loss)..........  $1,898  $(1,256) $508 $   --   $(2,791)   $(1,641)
                             ======  =======  ==== =======  =======    =======
</TABLE>    
 
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
 
                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To PAR Electrical Contractors, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of PAR Electrical Contractors,
Inc., a Missouri corporation, as of December 31, 1996, and September 30, 1997,
and the related statements of operations, cash flows and shareholders' equity
for the three years ended December 31, 1996, and the nine months ended
September 30, 1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of PAR Electrical Contractors,
Inc., as of December 31, 1996, and September 30, 1997, and the results of its
operations and cash flows for the three years ended December 31, 1996, and the
nine months ended September 30, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
 
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Houston, Texas
December 5, 1997
 
                                     F-12
<PAGE>
 
                        PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         1996         1997
                       ASSETS                        ------------ -------------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.........................   $   479       $    34
  Accounts receivable--
    Trade, net of allowance of $100.................     7,390        10,439
    Retainage.......................................       374           237
    Other receivables...............................        78           148
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings
   on uncompleted contracts.........................       663         1,218
  Deferred income taxes.............................       160           972
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets.........       360           158
                                                       -------       -------
    Total current assets............................     9,504        13,206
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net.........................    10,977        13,992
OTHER ASSETS........................................       218           240
                                                       -------       -------
    Total assets....................................   $20,699       $27,438
                                                       =======       =======

        LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Current maturities of long-term debt..............   $ 2,555       $ 1,964
  Current portion of capital lease obligations......        25            55
  Bank line of credit...............................     2,378         4,275
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses.............     2,725         7,376
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings
   on uncompleted contracts.........................     1,168            85
                                                       -------       -------
    Total current liabilities.......................     8,851        13,755
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities...........     2,000         1,867
LONG-TERM CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS, net of current
 maturities.........................................        74           141
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES...............................     2,066         2,224
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock, $100 par value, 500 shares
   authorized, 200 shares issued and outstanding....        50            50
  Retained earnings.................................     9,170        10,913
  Treasury stock, 300 shares, at cost...............    (1,512)       (1,512)
                                                       -------       -------
    Total shareholders' equity......................     7,708         9,451
                                                       -------       -------
    Total liabilities and shareholders' equity......   $20,699       $27,438
                                                       =======       =======
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
 
                        PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                -------------------------  -------------------
                                 1994     1995     1996       1996      1997
                                -------  -------  -------  ----------- -------
                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                             <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>
REVENUES....................... $43,909  $38,915  $42,684    $29,806   $36,439
COST OF SERVICES (including
 depreciation).................  36,525   33,193   35,789     25,583    27,944
                                -------  -------  -------    -------   -------
  Gross profit.................   7,384    5,722    6,895      4,223     8,495
SELLING, GENERAL AND
 ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.......   4,836    4,342    5,012      3,560     5,013
                                -------  -------  -------    -------   -------
  Income from operations.......   2,548    1,380    1,883        663     3,482
                                -------  -------  -------    -------   -------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest expense.............    (375)    (568)    (576)      (411)     (470)
  Other, net...................     (37)      56      (70)       (47)      (97)
                                -------  -------  -------    -------   -------
    Other income (expense),
     net.......................    (412)    (512)    (646)      (458)     (567)
                                -------  -------  -------    -------   -------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR
 INCOME TAXES..................   2,136      868    1,237        205     2,915
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.....     867      353      487         82     1,172
                                -------  -------  -------    -------   -------
NET INCOME..................... $ 1,269  $   515  $   750    $   123   $ 1,743
                                =======  =======  =======    =======   =======
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
 
                        PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         YEARS ENDED         NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                         DECEMBER 31,          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                     ----------------------  ------------------
                                      1994    1995    1996      1996      1997
                                     ------  ------  ------  ----------- ------
                                                             (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                  <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVI-
 TIES:
 Net income........................  $1,269  $  515  $  750    $  123    $1,743
 Adjustments to reconcile net
 income to net cash provided by
 operating activities--
  Depreciation and amortization....   1,729   1,805   1,935     1,452     1,685
  Loss (gain) on sale of property
   and equipment...................     --        5     (57)      (57)      (16)
  Deferred income taxes............     203     166     204       187      (655)
  Changes in operating assets and
   liabilities--
   (Increase) decrease in--
    Accounts receivable............  (2,882)     64    (892)     (579)   (2,982)
    Costs and estimated earnings in
     excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts.........    (115)    154    (531)      132      (555)
    Prepaid expenses and other
     current assets................    (195)    169     (54)      (38)      202
   Increase (decrease) in--
    Accounts payable and accrued
     expenses......................   1,190    (308)    363       528     4,651
    Billings in excess of costs and
     estimated earnings on
     uncompleted contracts.........     311    (362)    983      (185)   (1,083)
    Other, net.....................       3     (14)    (10)      (21)      (21)
                                     ------  ------  ------    ------    ------
     Net cash provided by operating
      activities...................   1,513   2,194   2,691     1,542     2,969
                                     ------  ------  ------    ------    ------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVI-
 TIES:
 Proceeds from sale of property and
  equipment........................     --      100      57        57       116
 Additions of property and
  equipment........................  (4,796) (2,427) (2,663)   (2,425)   (4,671)
                                     ------  ------  ------    ------    ------
     Net cash used in investing
      activities...................  (4,796) (2,327) (2,606)   (2,368)   (4,555)
                                     ------  ------  ------    ------    ------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVI-
 TIES:
 Proceeds from long-term debt......   4,468   1,501   1,787       312     1,350
 Payments of long-term debt........  (1,257) (1,935) (2,395)     (800)   (2,106)
 Net borrowings under bank lines of
  credit...........................     295     655     238       670     1,897
                                     ------  ------  ------    ------    ------
     Net cash provided by (used in)
      financing activities.........   3,506     221    (370)      182     1,141
                                     ------  ------  ------    ------    ------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND
 CASH EQUIVALENTS..................     223      88    (285)     (644)     (445)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS,
 beginning of period...............     453     676     764       764       479
                                     ------  ------  ------    ------    ------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of
 period............................  $  676  $  764  $  479    $  120    $   34
                                     ======  ======  ======    ======    ======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH
 FLOW INFORMATION:
 Cash paid for--
  Interest.........................  $  378  $  575  $  572    $  429    $  464
  Income taxes, net of refunds.....     351     553     279        34        89
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
 
                        PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
                       STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   COMMON STOCK                        TOTAL
                                   ------------- RETAINED TREASURY SHAREHOLDERS'
                                   SHARES AMOUNT EARNINGS  STOCK      EQUITY
                                   ------ ------ -------- -------- -------------
<S>                                <C>    <C>    <C>      <C>      <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1993........  200    $50   $ 6,636   $1,512     $5,174
  Net income......................  --     --      1,269      --       1,269
                                    ---    ---   -------   ------     ------
BALANCE, December 31, 1994........  200     50     7,905    1,512      6,443
  Net income......................  --     --        515      --         515
                                    ---    ---   -------   ------     ------
BALANCE, December 31, 1995........  200     50     8,420    1,512      6,958
  Net income......................  --     --        750      --         750
                                    ---    ---   -------   ------     ------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996........  200     50     9,170    1,512      7,708
  Net income......................  --     --      1,743      --       1,743
                                    ---    ---   -------   ------     ------
BALANCE, September 30, 1997.......  200    $50   $10,913   $1,512     $9,451
                                    ===    ===   =======   ======     ======
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
 
                       PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:
 
  PAR Electrical Contractors, Inc., a Missouri corporation (the Company),
focuses on providing electrical contractor services primarily for utility
companies, municipal and commercial companies. The Company performs the
majority of its contract work under cost-plus-fee and fixed price contracts
with contract terms generally ranging from four to 36 months. The Company
performs the majority of its work in the Midwest.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
 Interim Financial Information
 
  The interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30,
1996, are unaudited and have been prepared pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do
not include all of the information and footnote disclosures required by
generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In
the opinion of the Company's management, the unaudited interim financial
statements contain all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring
adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation. The results of
operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the
results for the entire fiscal year.
 
 Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
  The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
 Supplemental Cash Flow Information
 
  The Company had noncash investing and financing activities related to
capital leases of approximately $111,000 and $129,000 during the year ended
December 31, 1996, and the nine months ended September 30, 1997. There were no
non-cash investing activities for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995.
 
 Accounts Receivable and Provision for Doubtful Accounts
 
  The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts when collection is
considered doubtful.
 
 Property and Equipment
 
  Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the
life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset. Depreciation and
amortization expense was approximately $1,729,000, $1,805,000, $1,935,000 and
$1,685,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and the nine
months ended September 30, 1997, respectively.
 
  Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain
or loss is recognized in the statements of operations.
 
 Revenue Recognition
 
  The Company recognizes revenue when services are performed except when work
is being performed under a fixed price or cost-plus-fee contract. Such
contracts generally provide that the customer accept completion of progress to
date and compensate the Company for services which have been rendered,
measured typically in terms of units installed, hours expended or some other
measure of
 
                                     F-17
<PAGE>
 
                       PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
progress. Revenues from fixed price or cost-plus-fee contracts are recognized
on the percentage-of-completion method measured by the percentage of costs
incurred to date to total estimated costs for each contract. Contract costs
include all direct material, labor and subcontract costs and those indirect
costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies,
tools, repairs and depreciation costs. Provisions for the total estimated
losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses
are determined. Changes in job performance, job conditions, estimated
profitability and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs
and income and their effects are recognized in the period in which the
revisions are determined.
 
  The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in fixed price or cost-plus-fee contracts will be due upon
completion of the contracts and acceptance by the customer. Based on the
Company's experience with similar contracts in recent years, the retention
balance at each balance sheet date will be collected within the subsequent
fiscal year.
 
  The current asset "Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts" represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts
billed. The current liability "Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts" represents billings in excess of revenues
recognized.
 
 Warranty Costs
 
  For certain contracts, the Company generally warrants labor for the first
year after installation of new electrical systems. The Company generally
warrants labor for 30 days after servicing of existing electrical systems. An
accrual for warranty costs is recorded based upon the historical level of
warranty claims and management's estimate of future costs.
 
 Income Taxes
 
  The Company follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method, deferred assets and
liabilities are recorded for future tax consequences of temporary differences
between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and
are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when
the underlying assets or liabilities are recovered or settled.
 
 Collective Bargaining Agreements
 
  The Company is a party to various collective bargaining agreements with
certain of its employees. The agreements require the Company to pay specified
wages and provide certain benefits to its union employees. These agreements
expire at various times through the year 2000.
 
 Use of Estimates
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions
by management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates. Reference is made to the
"Revenue Recognition" section of this footnote and Note 11 for discussion of
certain estimates reflected in the Company's financial statements.
 
 New Accounting Pronouncement
 
  Effective January 1, 1996, the Company adopted SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for
the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed
Of." Accordingly, in the event that facts and
 
                                     F-18
<PAGE>
 
                       PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
circumstances indicate that property and equipment or other assets may be
impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be performed. If an evaluation
is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the
asset are compared to the asset's carrying amount to determine if an
impairment of such property is necessary. Adoption of this standard did not
have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of
the Company.
 
3.PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
 
  Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         ESTIMATED
                                        USEFUL LIVES DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                          IN YEARS       1996         1997
                                        ------------ ------------ -------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>          <C>
  Land.................................       --       $ 1,105       $ 1,221
  Buildings and leasehold improvements.     5-31         1,255         1,255
  Operating equipment and vehicles.....     5-10        21,980        25,821
  Office equipment, furniture and fix-
   tures...............................        5           386           529
                                                       -------       -------
                                                        24,726        28,826
  Less--Accumulated depreciation and
   amortization........................                (13,749)      (14,834)
                                                       -------       -------
    Property and equipment, net........                $10,977       $13,992
                                                       =======       =======
</TABLE>
 
4.DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:
 
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          1996         1997
                                                      ------------ -------------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
  Accounts payable, trade............................    $1,068       $1,572
  Accrued compensation and other expenses............     1,657        5,804
                                                         ------       ------
                                                         $2,725       $7,376
                                                         ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
  Contracts in progress are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         1996         1997
                                                     ------------ -------------
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>
  Costs incurred on contracts in progress...........   $  9,926     $ 16,439
  Estimated earnings, net of losses.................      2,322        2,386
                                                       --------     --------
                                                         12,248       18,825
  Less--Billings to date............................    (12,753)     (17,692)
                                                       --------     --------
                                                       $   (505)    $  1,133
                                                       ========     ========
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings
   on uncompleted contracts.........................   $    663     $  1,218
  Less--Billings in excess of costs and estimated
   earnings on uncompleted contracts................     (1,168)         (85)
                                                       --------     --------
                                                       $   (505)    $  1,133
                                                       ========     ========
</TABLE>
 
5.DEBT:
 
  The Company has an $8,000,000 bank revolving line of credit bearing interest
at the bank's prime rate (8.5 percent at September 30, 1997), of which
$2,378,000 and $4,275,000 was outstanding as of
 
                                     F-19
<PAGE>
 
                       PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
December 31, 1996, and September 30, 1997, respectively. With regard to the
line of credit, the Company has outstanding a $1,000,000 letter of credit
outstanding related to its workman's compensation insurance program (see Note
11 for discussion related to the Company self-insuring for certain workers'
compensation insurance). The Company also has a $4,000,000 equipment fixed
line of credit bearing interest at the bank's prime rate (8.5 percent at
September 30, 1997). These lines of credit expire in May 1998.
 
  The Company's long-term debt obligations consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         1996         1997
                                                     ------------ -------------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>
Note payable to bank, prime plus 1%, interest rate,
 due $79,359 monthly including interest with final
 maturity October 1997.............................     $  797       $  119
Note payable to bank, prime plus.75%, interest
 rate, due $47,968 monthly including interest with
 final maturity December 1997......................        551          145
Note payable to bank, prime plus .50% interest
 rate, due $47,795 monthly including interest with
 final maturity December 1998......................      1,042          671
Note payable to bank, prime plus .50% interest
 rate, due $31,747 monthly including interest with
 final maturity May 1999...........................        825          589
Note payable to bank, prime plus .50% interest
 rate, due $25,391 monthly including interest with
 final maturity December 1999......................        800          620
Note payable to bank, prime interest rate, due
 $42,695 monthly including interest with final
 maturity April 2000...............................        --         1,183
Installment note payable to bank, fixed 9.75%
 interest rate, due $3,631 monthly including
 interest with balance due December 1999;
 collateralized by real estate.....................        318          308
Installment note payable, fixed 9% interest rate,
 due $100,000 in December 1997 and $45,000 in
 December 1998; unsecured..........................        145          145
Installment note payable, fixed 6.5% interest rate,
 due $25,500 annually plus interest with final ma-
 turity January 1999; collateralized by real es-
 tate..............................................         77           51
                                                        ------       ------
                                                         4,555        3,831
Less--Current maturities...........................     (2,555)      (1,964)
                                                        ------       ------
    Total long-term debt...........................     $2,000       $1,867
                                                        ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
  The loan agreement covering the notes payable to bank and the bank lines of
credit contains various covenants, including a minimum net worth requirement
and a compensating balance requirement.
 
  The notes payable to bank and the bank lines of credit are collateralized by
all equipment, receivables and other assets. The Company's two shareholders
have pledged their stock as security to the bank on this indebtedness.
 
  The maturities of long-term debt as of September 30, 1997, are as follows
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                               <C>
      Year ending September 30--
        1998........................................................... $1,964
        1999...........................................................  1,219
        2000...........................................................    648
                                                                        ------
                                                                        $3,831
                                                                        ======
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-20
<PAGE>
 
                       PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
6. LEASES:
 
 Obligations Under Capital Leases
 
  The Company leases various equipment under noncancelable capital leases and
the leased assets are included as part of "Property and equipment." Details of
the capital leased assets are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          1996         1997
                                                      ------------ -------------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
  Automobiles........................................    $  44         $  44
  Operating equipment and vehicles...................      540           669
                                                         -----         -----
                                                           584           713
  Less--Accumulated depreciation.....................     (479)         (495)
                                                         -----         -----
  Net capitalized leased assets......................    $ 105         $ 218
                                                         =====         =====
</TABLE>
 
  The following is a schedule showing the future minimum lease payments under
capital leases by years and the present value of the minimum lease payments as
of September 30, 1997 (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>
  Year ending September 30--
    1998.................................................................. $ 68
    1999..................................................................   68
    2000..................................................................   60
    2001..................................................................   20
                                                                           ----
      Total minimum lease payments........................................  216
  Less--Amounts representing interest.....................................  (20)
      Present value of minimum lease payments.............................  196
  Less--Current portion...................................................  (55)
                                                                           ----
      Long-term obligation................................................ $141
                                                                           ====
</TABLE>
 
 Operating Leases
 
  The Company rents certain office equipment and warehouse space under several
operating lease agreements which vary in length and terms. The rent paid under
these lease agreements was approximately $20,000, $21,000, $205,000 and
$453,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, and nine months
ended September 30, 1997, respectively.
 
  Future minimum lease payments under these noncancelable operating leases are
as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
  Year ending September 30--
    1998................................................................ $  615
    1999................................................................    402
    2000................................................................    147
    2001................................................................     24
    2002................................................................      8
                                                                         ------
                                                                         $1,196
                                                                         ======
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-21
<PAGE>
 
                       PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
7. INCOME TAXES:
 
  Federal and state income taxes are as follows (in thousands):
 
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          NINE MONTHS 
                                             YEAR ENDED      ENDED
                                            DECEMBER 31,  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                           -------------- -------------
                                           1994 1995 1996     1997
                                           ---- ---- ---- -------------
   <S>                                     <C>  <C>  <C>  <C>           
   Federal--
     Current.............................. $550 $154 $234    $1,513
     Deferred.............................  168  138  169      (542)
   State--
     Current..............................  114   33   49       314
     Deferred.............................   35   28   35      (113)
                                           ---- ---- ----    ------
                                           $867 $353 $487    $1,172
                                           ==== ==== ====    ======
 
  Actual income tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by
applying the U.S. federal statutory corporate rate of 35 percent to income
(loss) before provision for income taxes as follows (in thousands):
 
<CAPTION>
                                                           NINE MONTHS
                                             YEAR ENDED       ENDED
                                            DECEMBER 31,  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                           -------------- -------------
                                           1994 1995 1996     1997
                                           ---- ---- ---- -------------
   <S>                                     <C>  <C>  <C>  <C>          
   Provision at the statutory rate........ $748 $304 $433    $1,017
   Increase resulting from--
     State income tax, net of related tax
      effect..............................   96   40   54       130
     Nondeductible expenses...............   23    9   --        25
                                           ---- ---- ----    ------
                                           $867 $353 $487    $1,172
                                           ==== ==== ====    ======
</TABLE>
 
  Deferred income tax provisions result from temporary differences in the
recognition of income and expenses for financial reporting purposes and for
tax purposes. The tax effects of these temporary differences, representing
deferred tax assets and liabilities, result principally from the following (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          1996         1997
                                                      ------------ -------------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
Deferred income tax liabilities--
  Property and equipment.............................   $ (2,066)     $(2,224)
  State taxes........................................          9            9
  Other..............................................       (156)        (164)
                                                        --------      -------
    Total deferred income tax liabilities............     (2,213)      (2,379)
                                                        --------      -------
Deferred income tax assets--
  Bad debt reserves..................................         42           42
  State taxes........................................        (18)         (68)
  Other accruals not currently deductible............        283        1,153
                                                        --------      -------
    Total deferred income tax assets.................        307        1,127
  Valuation allowance................................        --           --
                                                        --------      -------
    Total deferred income tax liabilities............   $ (1,906)     $(1,252)
                                                        ========      =======
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-22
<PAGE>
 
                       PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
  The net deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          1996         1997
                                                      ------------ -------------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>
Deferred tax assets--
  Current............................................   $   307       $ 1,127
  Long-term..........................................       --            --
                                                        -------       -------
    Total............................................       307         1,127
                                                        -------       -------
Deferred tax liabilities--
  Current............................................      (147)         (155)
  Long-term..........................................    (2,066)       (2,224)
                                                        -------       -------
    Total............................................    (2,213)       (2,379)
                                                        -------       -------
    Net deferred income tax liabilities..............   $(1,906)      $(1,252)
                                                        =======       =======
</TABLE>
 
8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
 
  As of December 31, 1996 and September 30, 1997, the Company had a $45,000
note receivable due from one of its shareholders. The note receivable included
in "Accounts receivable--other receivables" in the accompanying balance sheet
as of September 30, 1997, was paid in full by the shareholder in October 1997.
 
9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:
 
  In connection with its collective bargaining agreements with various
electrical unions, the Company participates with other companies in the
unions' multi-employer pension plans. These plans cover all of the Company's
employees who are members of such unions. The Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Multi-Employer Pension Plan Amendments
Act of 1980, imposes certain liabilities upon employers who are contributors
to a multi-employer plan in the event of the employer's withdrawal from, or
upon termination of such plan. The Company has no plans to withdraw from these
plans. The plans do not maintain information on net assets and actuarial
present value of the accumulated share of the plans' unfunded vested benefits
allocable to the Company, and amounts, if any, for which the Company may be
contingently liable is not ascertainable at this time.
 
  The Company has a 401(k) plan and profit sharing plan covering substantially
all nonbargaining employees. Participant contributions to be in the 401(k)
plan are limited to 6.6 percent of total compensation paid to participants
during the plan year. The Company may also make discretionary contributions.
Contributions to the plan were approximately $243,000, $230,000, $182,000 and
$125,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995, 1996 and the nine months
ended September 30, 1997, respectively, and had accrued approximately $182,000
and $125,000 at December 31, 1996 and September 30, 1997, respectively.
 
  In addition to the 401(k) plan and profit sharing plan, the financial
statements include discretionary bonuses to employees of $1,035,000, $564,000,
$1,087,000 and $1,763,000 for the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996
and for the nine months ended September 30, 1997, respectively.
 
                                     F-23
<PAGE>
 
                       PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
10. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
 
  The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
accounts receivable, lines of credit, accounts payable, notes payable and
debt. The Company believes that the carrying value of these instruments on the
accompanying balance sheets approximates their fair value.
 
11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
 
 Litigation
 
  The Company is involved in disputes or legal actions arising in the ordinary
course of business. Management does not believe the outcome of such legal
actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.
 
 Insurance
 
  The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including business
auto liability, business property liability, workers' compensation, general
liability and an umbrella policy.
 
  Effective January 1, 1996, the Company began self-insuring for certain
workers' compensation risks up to $1,000,000 per occurrence. In October 1997,
the Company reduced the deductible to $500,000 per occurrence. The Company has
accrued for the estimated probable claims costs in satisfying the deductible
provisions of the insurance policies for claims occurring through September
30, 1997. The accrual is based on known facts and historical trends, and
management believes such accrual to be adequate.
 
 Product Rights
 
  In May 1997, the Company entered into an agreement with a third party which
gives the Company exclusive rights for 30 months to the use of a patented
product used in the construction, maintenance, repair and improvement of
energized transmission and distribution lines in all states west of the
Mississippi River. The product is a telescoping robotic arm for temporarily
supporting energized power lines to enable repair or replacement of
transmission poles, cross-arms, insulators and the like while maintaining an
energized connection. In exchange for the exclusive rights, the Company agreed
to pay the third party a fixed fee and a percentage of gross profits generated
from the use of the product. As of September 30, 1997, the Company had made
payments totaling $150,000 related to fees for the use of such product.
 
 Performance Bonds
 
  In certain circumstances, the Company is required to provide performance
bonds in connection with its contract commitments which are personally
guaranteed by certain stockholders of the Company.
 
12. MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND RISK CONCENTRATION:
 
  The Company had sales greater than 10 percent of total sales to two major
customers (comprising approximately 25 percent and 16 percent of total sales),
three major customers (comprising approximately 16 percent, 15 percent and 11
percent of total sales), three major customers (comprising approximately 23
percent, 12 percent and 10 percent of total sales) and three major customers
(comprising approximately 19 percent, 12 percent and 11 percent of total
sales) during the years ended December 1994, 1995 and 1996, and for the nine
months ended September 30, 1997, respectively.
 
  The Company grants credit, generally without collateral, to its customers,
which include utility companies, municipalities and commercial companies
located primarily in the Midwestern region of the United States. Consequently,
the Company is subject to potential credit risk related to changes in business
 
                                     F-24
<PAGE>
 
                       PAR ELECTRICAL CONTRACTORS, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
and economic factors within the Midwestern region of the United States.
However, management believes that its contract acceptance, billing and
collection policies are adequate to minimize the potential credit risk.
 
13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS TO DATE OF AUDITORS' REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC
    ACCOUNTANTS (UNAUDITED):
 
  In December 1997, the Company and its shareholders entered into a definitive
agreement with Quanta Services, Inc. (Quanta), subject to certain conditions,
pursuant to which all outstanding shares of the Company's common stock will be
exchanged for cash and shares of Quanta common stock, concurrent with the
consummation of an initial public offering (the Offering) of additional common
stock by Quanta. In addition, the two executives of the Company will enter
into employment agreements with the Company and Quanta which have an initial
term of three years and generally restrict the disclosure of confidential
information as well as restrict competition with the Company and Quanta for a
period of five years from the date of the employment agreement.
 
  Upon signing the definitive agreement, the shareholders of the Company will
purchase a portion of land and equipment from the Company. The net book value
of the land and the equipment to be purchased is approximately $759,000 and
$742,000 at December 31, 1996, and September 30, 1997, respectively. Proceeds
received from the sale of the land and the equipment will be netted against
the installment note payable assumed related to the land. The installment note
payable was $77,000 and $51,000 at December 31, 1996, and September 30, 1997,
respectively.
 
                                     F-25
<PAGE>
 
                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Quanta Services, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Quanta Services, Inc., a
Delaware corporation, as of September 30, 1997, and the related statement of
operations, and stockholders' equity for the period from inception (August 19,
1997) through September 30, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Quanta Services, Inc., as of
September 30, 1997, and the results of its operations for the period from
inception (August 19, 1997) through September 30, 1997, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Houston, Texas
December 5, 1997
 
                                     F-26
<PAGE>
 
                             QUANTA SERVICES, INC.
                       BALANCE SHEET--SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS................................................... $ 8
DEFERRED OFFERING COSTS.....................................................  56
                                                                             ---
    Total assets............................................................ $64
                                                                             ===
 
                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
ACCRUED LIABILITIES AND AMOUNTS DUE TO STOCKHOLDER......................... $64
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred stock, $.00001 par value, 10,000,000 authorized, none issued
   and outstanding.........................................................  --
  Common stock, $.00001 par value, 40,000,000 shares authorized, 1,693,779
   shares issued and outstanding...........................................  --
  Additional paid-in capital...............................................  --
  Retained deficit.........................................................  --
                                                                            ---
    Total stockholders' equity.............................................  --
                                                                            ---
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity............................. $64
                                                                            ===
</TABLE>
 
Reflects a 1,613.6016 for-one stock split effected in December 1997.
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-27
<PAGE>
 
                             QUANTA SERVICES, INC.
                            STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                         FOR THE PERIOD FROM INCEPTION
                  (AUGUST 19, 1997) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>
REVENUES.................................................................. $ --
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES..............................   --
                                                                           ----
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES..................................................   --
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES................................................   --
                                                                           ----
NET LOSS.................................................................. $ --
                                                                           ====
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-28
<PAGE>
 
                             QUANTA SERVICES, INC.
                       STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                         FOR THE PERIOD FROM INCEPTION
                  (AUGUST 19, 1997) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                COMMON STOCK   ADDITIONAL              TOTAL
                              ----------------  PAID-IN   RETAINED STOCKHOLDERS'
                               SHARES   AMOUNT  CAPITAL   DEFICIT     EQUITY
                              --------- ------ ---------- -------- -------------
<S>                           <C>       <C>    <C>        <C>      <C>
INITIAL CAPITALIZATION,
 August 19, 1997............  1,693,779  $--      $--       $--        $--
NET INCOME (LOSS)...........        --    --       --        --         --
                              ---------  ---      ----      ---        ----
BALANCE, September 30, 1997.  1,693,779  $--      $--       $--        $--
                              =========  ===      ====      ===        ====
</TABLE>
 
Reflects a 1,613.6016 for-one stock split effected in December 1997.
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-29
<PAGE>
 
                             QUANTA SERVICES, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:
 
  Quanta Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Quanta or the Company), was
founded in August 1997 to create a leading provider of specialty electrical
contracting and maintenance services primarily related to electric and
telecommunications infrastructure in North America. Quanta intends to acquire
certain businesses (the Acquisitions), complete an initial public offering
(the Offering) of its common stock and, subsequent to the Offering, continue
to acquire through merger or purchase similar companies to expand its national
and regional operations.
 
  Quanta has not conducted any operations, and all activities to date have
related to the Offering and the Acquisitions. All expenditures of the Company
to date have been funded by the primary stockholders, on behalf of the
Company. The primary stockholders have also committed to fund future
organization expenses and offering costs. As of November 30, 1997, costs of
approximately $1,227,000 have been incurred in connection with the Offering,
and such costs will be treated as a reduction of the proceeds from the
Offering. Quanta has treated costs incurred through September 30, 1997, as
deferred offering costs in the accompanying balance sheet. Quanta is dependent
upon the Offering to execute the pending Acquisitions and to repay its current
primary stockholder for funding deferred offering costs. There is no assurance
that the pending Acquisitions will be completed. The ability of Quanta to
generate future operating revenues is dependent upon the ability of the
Company to manage the effect on the combined companies of changes in demand
for infrastructure services, the effect of business growth, including the
availability of linemen and electricians, and the need for other key
personnel. These risk factors, among others, are discussed in more detail in
"Risk Factors."
 
2. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 
 Common Stock and Preferred Stock
   
  In connection with the organization and initial capitalization of Quanta,
the Company issued 1,693,779 shares (as restated for the 1,613.6016 for-one
stock split discussed in Note 5) of common stock at $.00001 par value (Common
Stock) for $10.48. Subsequent to September 30, 1997, Quanta issued
approximately 1.5 million shares and 0.2 million shares, respectively (as
restated for the 1,613.6016 for-one stock split discussed in Note 5) of Common
Stock at $.00001 par value to an initial stockholder and management of Quanta.
As a result of the issuance of shares to Main Street Merchant Partners II,
L.P. ("Main Street") and management for nominal consideration, the Company
recorded in November 1997, for financial statement presentation purposes, a
nonrecurring, noncash charge of $13.0 million, which has been estimated based
on a fair value of such shares which has been determined to be $7.65 per share
(a discount of 15% from the estimated initial public offering price). The
shares issued to Main Street and members of management were issued to engage
such parties in providing services related primarily to the Company's public
offering activities, including financial advisory and other consulting
services. The fair value of such shares was based on specific factors related
to the Company and the transactions including restrictions on transferability
and sale of the shares issued and the limited vote provisions of such shares.
    
 Stock Plan
 
  In December 1997, the Company's board of directors and stockholders approved
the Company's 1997 Stock Option Plan (the Plan), which provides for the
granting or awarding of incentive or nonqualified stock options to directors,
officers, key employees and consultants of the Company. The aggregate amount
of Common Stock of the Company with respect to which options may be granted
may not exceed the greater of 2.38 million shares or 15 percent of the
aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. The Plan will be
administered by the compensation committee (the Committee) of the Company's
board of directors. The Company intends to file a registration statement on
Form S-8 under the Securities Act of 1933 registering the issuance of shares
upon exercise of options granted under this
 
                                     F-30
<PAGE>
 
                             QUANTA SERVICES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
Plan. Options will be exercisable during the period specified in each option
agreement and will generally become exercisable in installments pursuant to a
vesting schedule designated by the Committee. No options will remain
exercisable later than ten years after the date of grant. The exercise price
of options may be no less than the fair market value of the Common Stock on
the date of grant (or 110 percent in the case of options granted to employees
owning more than 10 percent of the voting capital stock).
 
  The Plan also provides for automatic option grants to directors who are not
otherwise employed by the Company or its subsidiaries. Upon commencement of
service, a nonemployee director will receive a nonqualified option to purchase
10,000 shares of Common Stock and continuing or re-elected nonemployee
directors annually will receive options to purchase 5,000 shares of Common
Stock. Options granted to nonemployee directors are fully exercisable
following the expiration of six months from the date of grant.
 
3. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION:
 
  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation," allows entities to choose between a new fair value
method of accounting for employee stock options or similar equity instruments
and the current method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board
(APB) Opinion No. 25, under which compensation expense is recorded to the
extent that the fair market value of the related stock is in excess of the
options' exercise price at date of grant. Entities electing to remain with the
accounting in APB Opinion No. 25 must make pro forma disclosures of net income
and earnings per share as if the fair value method of accounting prescribed in
SFAS No. 123 had been applied. The Company will measure compensation expense
attributable to stock options based on the method prescribed in APB Opinion
No. 25 and will provide the required pro forma disclosure of net income and
earnings per share, as applicable, in the notes to future consolidated annual
financial statements.
 
4. NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS:
 
  SFAS No. 128 requires the presentation of basic earnings per share and
diluted earnings per share in financial statements of public enterprises
rather than primary and fully diluted earnings per share as previously
required. Under the provisions of this statement, basic earnings per share
will be computed based on weighted average shares outstanding and will exclude
dilutive securities such as options and warrants. Diluted earnings per share
will be computed including the impact of all potentially dilutive securities.
The Company will adopt this statement in December 1997, but does not
anticipate that the statement will have a material impact on earnings per
share.
 
  SFAS No. 129 requires additional disclosure of information about an entity's
capital structure, including, but not limited to, information about dividend
and liquidation preferences, voting rights, contracts to issue additional
shares and conversion and exercise prices. The Company will adopt this
statement in December 1997.
 
  SFAS No. 130 requires the presentation of comprehensive income in an
entity's financial statements. Comprehensive income represents all changes in
equity of an entity during the reporting period, including net income and
charges directly to equity which are excluded from net income. This statement
is not anticipated to have a material impact on the Company, or its financial
disclosures, as the Company currently does not plan to enter into any material
transactions which result in charges (or credits) directly to equity (such as
additional minimum pension liability changes, currency translation
adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities,
etc.).
 
                                     F-31
<PAGE>
 
                             QUANTA SERVICES, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
5. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS TO THE DATE OF AUDITORS' REPORT (UNAUDITED):
 
  Quanta effected a 1,613.6016 for-one stock split in December 1997 for each
share of Common Stock of the Company then outstanding. In addition, the
Company increased the number of authorized shares of Common Stock to
40,000,000 and increased the number of authorized shares of $.00001 par value
preferred stock to 10,000,000. The effects of the Common Stock split and the
increase in the shares of authorized Common Stock have been retroactively
reflected on the balance sheet, statement of stockholders' equity and in the
accompanying notes.
 
  In December 1997, the 3.3 million shares of Common Stock held by certain
primary stockholders of Quanta were converted into 3.3 million shares of
limited vote common stock. The shares of limited vote common stock have rights
similar to shares of Common Stock, except that such shares are entitled to
elect one member of the board of directors and are entitled to one-tenth of
one vote for each share held on all other matters. Each share of limited vote
common stock will convert into Common Stock upon disposition by the holder of
such shares in accordance with the transfer restrictions applicable to such
shares.
 
  Quanta has signed definitive agreements to acquire the following entities
(the Founding Companies) to be effective concurrently with the Offering. The
entities to be acquired are:
 
      PAR Electrical Contractors, Inc.
      Potelco, Inc.
      TRANS TECH Electric, Inc.
      Union Power Construction Company
 
  The aggregate consideration that will be paid by Quanta to acquire the
Founding Companies is approximately $21.0 million in cash and 7.5 million
shares of Common Stock. The cash portion of the Acquisition Consideration will
be adjusted based on the initial public offering price of Common Stock
offered.
 
  In addition, the Company plans to enter into employment agreements with
certain key executives of the Founding Companies and the executive officers of
Quanta. These employment agreements generally prohibit such individuals from
disclosing confidential information and trade secrets, and restrict such
individuals from competing with the Company for a period of five years from
the date of the employment agreement. The initial term of these employment
agreements is three years with provisions for annual extensions at the end of
the initial term.
 
  In December 1997, Quanta filed a registration statement on Form S-1 for the
sale of its Common Stock.
 
  The Company expects to enter into a credit facility effective concurrent
with the closing of the Offering. A commercial bank has agreed to structure
the credit facility subject to the terms and conditions of a commitment
letter. The terms provide for an unsecured five year $50,000,000 revolving
credit facility to provide funds to be used for working capital, to finance
acquisitions and for other general corporate purposes. Amounts borrowed under
the proposed credit facility will bear interest at a rate equal to either (a)
the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") plus 0.75% to 1.75%, as determined
by the ratio of the Company's total funded debt to EBITDA (as defined in the
credit facility) or (b) the bank's prime rate plus up to 0.25%, as determined
by the ratio of the Company's total funded debt to EBITDA. Commitment fees of
0.175% to 0.30% (based on certain financial ratios) are due on any unused
borrowing capacity under the credit facility. The Company's existing and
future subsidiaries will guarantee the repayment of all amounts due under the
facility and the facility restricts pledges on all material assets. The
Company expects that the credit facility will require usual and customary
covenants for a credit facility of this nature including the consent of the
lenders for acquisitions exceeding a certain level of cash consideration.
 
                                     F-32
<PAGE>
 
                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Union Power Construction Company:
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Union Power Construction
Company, a Colorado corporation, as of August 31, 1996 and 1997, and the
related statements of operations, cash flows and stockholders' equity for the
three years ended August 31, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Union Power Construction
Company as of August 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of its operations and
cash flows for the three years ended August 31, 1997, in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles.
 
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Houston, Texas
December 5, 1997
 
                                     F-33
<PAGE>
 
                        UNION POWER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
                                                    AUGUST 31,
                                                  ---------------  NOVEMBER 30,
                                                   1996    1997        1997
                                                  ------  -------  ------------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                               <C>     <C>      <C>
                     ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents...................... $  612  $   404    $   951
  Marketable securities..........................    101      110        123
  Accounts receivable--
    Trade, net of allowance for doubtful accounts
     of $84,000..................................  3,902    8,822     12,259
    Retainage....................................    204      498        601
  Related-party receivables......................     65       32         --
  Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
   billings on uncompleted contracts.............    --        77        113
  Deferred income taxes..........................     30      115         --
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets......     44       95         46
                                                  ------  -------    -------
      Total current assets.......................  4,958   10,153     14,093
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net......................  4,810    5,868      6,836
                                                  ------  -------    -------
      Total assets............................... $9,768  $16,021    $20,929
                                                  ======  =======    =======
      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Current maturities of long-term debt........... $  249  $   663    $ 1,916
  Current maturities of related-party debt.......    238      128        200
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses..........  2,878    6,209      8,239
  Related-party payable..........................     22      --          --
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated
   earnings on uncompleted contracts.............    --       322        700
                                                  ------  -------    -------
      Total current liabilities..................  3,387    7,322     11,055
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturities........  1,065      748      1,234
RELATED-PARTY DEBT, net of current maturities....     38      328        237
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES............................    843    1,257      1,311
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES......................     20       22         --
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock, $1.00 par value, 25,000 shares
   authorized, 25,000 shares issued and
   outstanding...................................     25       25         25
  Unrealized loss on securities..................    (62)     (56)       (44)
  Retained earnings..............................  4,452    6,375      7,111
                                                  ------  -------    -------
      Total stockholders' equity.................  4,415    6,344      7,092
                                                  ------  -------    -------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity. $9,768  $16,021    $20,929
                                                  ======  =======    =======
</TABLE>    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-34
<PAGE>
 
                        UNION POWER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    THREE
                                                                 MONTHS ENDED
                                      YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,      NOVEMBER 30,
                                     -------------------------  ---------------
                                      1995     1996     1997     1996    1997
                                     -------  -------  -------  ------  -------
                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                  <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
REVENUES...........................  $12,614  $25,636  $42,792  $7,211  $15,357
COST OF SERVICES (including
 depreciation).....................   10,240   22,319   37,766   6,037   13,474
                                     -------  -------  -------  ------  -------
    Gross profit...................    2,374    3,317    5,026   1,174    1,883
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES..........................    1,896    1,563    1,966     491      677
                                     -------  -------  -------  ------  -------
    Income from operations.........      478    1,754    3,060     683    1,206
                                     -------  -------  -------  ------  -------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest expense.................       (7)     (84)    (110)    (36)     (39)
  Related-party interest expense...      (10)      (6)     (22)     (2)      (7)
  Other, net.......................      142      166      229       7       45
                                     -------  -------  -------  ------  -------
    Other income, net..............      125       76       97     (31)      (1)
                                     -------  -------  -------  ------  -------
INCOME BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME
 TAXES.............................      603    1,830    3,157     652    1,205
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES.........      239      718    1,234     254      469
                                     -------  -------  -------  ------  -------
NET INCOME.........................  $   364  $ 1,112  $ 1,923  $  398  $   736
                                     =======  =======  =======  ======  =======
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-35
<PAGE>
 
                        UNION POWER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     THREE
                                                                 MONTHS ENDED
                                       YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,     NOVEMBER 30,
                                       ------------------------  --------------
                                        1995    1996     1997    1996    1997
                                       ------  -------  -------  -----  -------
                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                    <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>    <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income..........................  $  364  $ 1,112  $ 1,923  $ 398  $   736
 Adjustments to reconcile net income
 to net cash provided by
 operating activities--
  Depreciation and amortization......     217      486      577    156      362
  Deferred taxes.....................     137      296      329    132      172
  Changes in operating assets and
   liabilities--
   (Increase) decrease in--
    Accounts receivable..............     249   (2,523)  (5,180)  (381)  (3,540)
    Costs and estimated earnings in
     excess of billings on
     uncompleted contracts...........   (226)      237     (77)     --      (36)
    Prepaid expenses and other
     current assets..................      12       15     (51)     22       47
   Increase (decrease) in--
    Accounts payable and accrued
     expenses........................     280    1,578    3,331    222    2,030
    Billings in excess of costs and
     estimated earnings on
     uncompleted contracts...........     (28)     --       322     65      378
   Other, net........................      80       84     (132)     7        8
                                       ------  -------  -------  -----  -------
    Net cash provided by operating
     activities......................   1,085    1,285    1,042    621      157
                                       ------  -------  -------  -----  -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from sale of property and
  equipment..........................      41       27      105     --       --
 Additions of property and equipment.    (605)  (2,771)  (1,634)  (283)  (1,330)
                                       ------  -------  -------  -----  -------
    Net cash used in investing
     activities......................    (564)  (2,744)  (1,529)  (283)  (1,330)
                                       ------  -------  -------  -----  -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from long-term debt........     300    1,432      786     --    2,450
 Payments of long-term debt..........    (272)    (239)    (507)  (101)    (730)
                                       ------  -------  -------  -----  -------
    Net cash provided by financing
     activities......................      28    1,193      279   (101)   1,720
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND
 CASH EQUIVALENTS....................     549     (266)    (208)   237      547
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning
 of year.............................     329      878      612    612      404
                                       ------  -------  -------  -----  -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of
 year................................  $  878  $   612  $   404  $ 849  $   951
                                       ======  =======  =======  =====  =======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for--
    Interest.........................  $   17  $    90  $   161  $  27  $    50
    Income taxes.....................      55      340      831    290      532
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-36
<PAGE>
 
                        UNION POWER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            
                                            
                               COMMON STOCK           UNREALIZED      TOTAL
                               ------------  RETAINED   HOLDING   STOCKHOLDERS'
                               SHARES AMOUNT EARNINGS GAIN (LOSS)    EQUITY
                               ------ ------ -------- ----------- -------------
<S>                            <C>    <C>    <C>      <C>         <C>
BALANCE, August 31, 1994...... 25,000  $25    $2,976     $--         $3,001
  Change in market value of
   securities.................    --   --        --       (70)          (70)
  Net income..................    --   --        364      --            364
                               ------  ---    ------     ----        ------
BALANCE, August 31, 1995...... 25,000   25     3,340      (70)        3,295
  Change in market value of
   securities.................    --   --        --         8             8
  Net income..................    --   --      1,112      --          1,112
                               ------  ---    ------     ----        ------
BALANCE, August 31, 1996...... 25,000   25     4,452      (62)        4,415
  Change in market value of
   securities.................    --   --        --         6             6
  Net income..................    --   --      1,923      --          1,923
                               ------  ---    ------     ----        ------
BALANCE, August 31, 1997...... 25,000   25     6,375      (56)        6,344
                               ------  ---    ------     ----        ------
  Change in market value of
   securities (unaudited).....    --   --        --        12            12
  Net income (unaudited)......    --   --        736      --            736
                               ------  ---    ------     ----        ------
BALANCE, November 30, 1997
 (unaudited).................. 25,000  $25    $7,111     $(44)       $7,092
                               ======  ===    ======     ====        ======
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-37
<PAGE>
 
                       UNION POWER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:
 
  Union Power Construction Company, a Colorado corporation (the Company or
Union), provides electrical power line installation, repair and maintenance
services for utilities throughout the western United States. The Company
performs the majority of its contract work under time and equipment contracts,
fixed price contracts and unit cost contracts with contract terms generally
ranging from one month to two years. The Company performs the majority of its
work in Colorado, Nevada and California.
 
2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
 Interim Financial Information
 
  The interim financial statements for the three months ended November 30,
1996 and 1997 are unaudited and have been prepared pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do
not include all of the information and footnote disclosures required by
generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In
the opinion of the Company's management, the unaudited interim financial
statements contain all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring
adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation. The results of
operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the
results for the entire fiscal year.
 
 Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
  The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
 Property and Equipment
 
  Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the
life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset. Depreciation
expense was $217,000, $486,000 and $577,000 for the years ended August 31,
1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
  Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain
or loss is recognized in the statements of operations.
 
 Revenue Recognition
 
  The Company recognizes revenue when services are performed except when work
is being performed under a fixed price or cost-plus-fee contract. Such
contracts generally provide that the customer accept completion of progress to
date and compensate the Company for services which have been rendered,
measured typically in terms of units installed, hours expended or some other
measure of progress. Revenues from fixed price or cost-plus-fee contracts are
recognized on the percentage-of-completion method measured by the percentage
of costs incurred to date to total estimated costs for each contract. Contract
costs include all direct material, subcontractor and labor costs and those
indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor,
supplies, tools, repairs and depreciation costs. Provisions for the total
estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such
losses are determined. Changes in job performance, job conditions, estimated
profitability and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs
and income, and their effects are recognized in the period in which the
revisions are determined.
 
                                     F-38
<PAGE>
 
                       UNION POWER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in fixed price or cost-plus-fee contracts will be due upon
completion of the contracts and acceptance by the customer. Based on the
Company's experience with similar contracts in recent years, the retention
balance at each balance sheet date will be collected within the subsequent
fiscal year.
 
  The current asset "Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts" represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts
billed. The current liability "Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts" represents billings in excess of revenues
recognized.
 
 Warranty Costs
 
  For certain contracts, the Company generally warrants labor for one to two
years after project completion. An accrual for warranty costs is recorded
based upon the historical level of warranty claims and management's estimate
of future costs.
 
 Accounts Receivable and Provision for Doubtful Accounts
 
  The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the
specific identification of accounts receivable where collection is deemed no
longer probable and an allowance based upon the level of accounts receivable
balances.
 
 Income Taxes
 
  The Company follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes in
accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109
"Accounting for Income Taxes." Under this method, deferred assets and
liabilities are recorded for future tax consequences of temporary differences
between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and
are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when
the underlying assets or liabilities are recovered or settled.
 
 Collective Bargaining Agreement
 
  The Company is a party to various collective bargaining agreements with
certain of its employees. The agreements require the Company to pay specified
wages and provide certain benefits to its union employees. These agreements
will expire at various times through 2005.
 
 Use of Estimates
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions
by management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates. Reference is made to the
"Revenue Recognition" section of this footnote for discussion of significant
estimates reflected in the Company's financial statements.
 
 New Accounting Pronouncements
 
  Effective January 1, 1996, the Company adopted SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for
the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed
Of." Accordingly, in the event that facts and
 
                                     F-39
<PAGE>
 
                       UNION POWER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

circumstances indicate that property and equipment or other assets may be
impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be performed. If an evaluation
is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows associated with the
asset are compared to the asset's carrying amount to determine if an
impairment of such property is necessary. Adoption of this standard did not
have a material effect on the financial position or results of operations of
the Company.
 
  SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income" requires the presentation of
comprehensive income in an entity's financial statements. Comprehensive income
represents all changes in equity of an entity during the reporting period,
including net income and charges directly to equity which are excluded from
net income. This statement will be adopted by the Company during fiscal year
1998.
 
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
 
  Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   ESTIMATED     AUGUST 31,
                                                  USEFUL LIVES ---------------
                                                    IN YEARS    1996    1997
                                                  ------------ ------- -------
   <S>                                            <C>          <C>     <C>
   Land..........................................       --     $   126 $   126
   Operating equipment and vehicles..............     5-10       9,440  10,497
   Leasehold improvements........................       10          88     113
   Office furniture and equipment................        5         110     145
                                                               ------- -------
                                                                 9,764  10,881
   Less--Accumulated depreciation and
    amortization.................................                4,954   5,013
                                                               ------- -------
      Property and equipment, net................               $4,810  $5,868
                                                               ======= =======
 
4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:
 
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in
thousands):
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AUGUST 31,
                                                               ---------------
                                                                1996    1997
                                                               ------- -------
   <S>                                                         <C>     <C>
   Accounts payable, trade....................................  $1,750  $3,840
   Accrued compensation and benefits..........................     456   1,300
   Other accrued expenses.....................................     672   1,069
                                                               ------- -------
                                                                $2,878  $6,209
                                                               ======= =======
 
  Contracts in progress are as follows (in thousands):
 
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AUGUST 31,
                                                               ---------------
                                                                1996    1997
                                                               ------- -------
   <S>                                                         <C>     <C>
   Costs incurred on contracts in progress.................... $15,529 $45,025
   Estimated earnings, net of losses..........................     603   4,183
                                                               ------- -------
                                                                16,132  49,208
   Less--Billings to date.....................................  16,132  49,453
                                                               ------- -------
                                                               $    -- $  (245)
                                                               ======= =======
   Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
    uncompleted contracts..................................... $    -- $    77
   Less--Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on
    uncompleted contracts.....................................      --    (322)
                                                               ------- -------
                                                               $    -- $  (245)
                                                               ======= =======
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-40
<PAGE>
 
                       UNION POWER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
5. LONG-TERM DEBT:
 
  In August 1995, the Company entered into a $300,000 secured installment loan
with a bank. The loan is due August 1999 and bears interest at 8.27 percent
with monthly payments of $7,400. Amounts outstanding under this loan were
$221,000 and $149,000 at August 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. In November
1995, the Company entered into a $200,000 secured installment loan with a bank
for the purchase of construction equipment. This loan is due November 1999 and
bears interest at 8.22 percent with monthly payments of $5,000. At August 31,
1996 and 1997, $163,000 and $116,000, respectively, were outstanding under
this agreement.
 
  The Company entered into a $1 million secured installment loan with a bank
in August 1996. The loan matures in April 2000 and bears interest at a rate of
8 percent with monthly payments due of $24,000. Amounts outstanding under this
agreement were $929,000 and $682,000 at August 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. In April 1997, the Company entered into a $360,000 installment
loan with a bank. This loan matures February 2001 with monthly payments of
$8,800 and an interest rate of 8.25 percent. There was $314,000 outstanding
under this arrangement at August 31, 1997.
 
  The Company has established a $2 million secured revolving line of credit
with a bank effective August 1997. Borrowings under this facility bear
interest at a rate of prime, as defined, minus 1 percent for the first $1
million in borrowings and at prime for any balance over $1 million and are due
February 1998. Outstanding indebtedness under this facility was $150,000 and
$1,500,000 at August 31, 1997 and November 30, 1997, respectively.
 
  The Company also has loans outstanding from certain stockholders or other
related parties totaling $277,000 and $456,000 at August 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. These loans bear interest at rates ranging from 7 percent to 9
percent and are due at various times from November 1997 to June 2001.
 
  The loan agreement covering the bank line of credit contains various
covenants, including a minimum tangible net worth requirement, a minimum
working capital requirement and various financial ratios.
 
  All of the Company's debt is secured by property and equipment. Two of the
Company's stockholders have personally guaranteed substantially all debt with
banks.
 
  The maturities of long-term debt as of August 31, 1997, are as follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                 <C>
      Year ending August 31 --
          1998........................................................... $  791
          1999...........................................................    588
          2000...........................................................    406
          2001...........................................................     82
                                                                          ------
                                                                          $1,867
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>
 
6. LEASES:
 
  Union leases its Denver office and facility from a company which is owned by
the Company's stockholders. The lease is renewable on a monthly basis at
Union's election. Rent paid under this related-party lease was approximately
$42,000 for each of the years ended August 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997.
 
  The Company also leases its Las Vegas, Nevada, office and yard from two of
the Company's stockholders. The lease terminates in June 2006 and rent paid
was $19,000 and $56,000 for each of the years ended August 31, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.
 
                                     F-41
<PAGE>
 
                       UNION POWER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The Company also enters into various vehicle and construction equipment
operating leases. Vehicle lease terms are typically five years or less, and
construction equipment leases typically are short-term (one year or less).
Payments made for vehicle leases were $11,000, $19,000 and $149,000 for the
years ended August 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
  Union rents various construction equipment under a one-year operating lease
from a company owned by two of Union's stockholders. Total related-party
equipment rental expense was $96,000 for the year ended August 31, 1997.
 
  Future minimum lease payments under these noncancelable operating leases are
as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                 <C>
      Year ending August 31 --
          1998........................................................... $  343
          1999...........................................................    248
          2000...........................................................    240
          2001...........................................................    188
          2002...........................................................     56
          Thereafter.....................................................    215
                                                                          ------
                                                                          $1,290
                                                                          ======
</TABLE>
 
7. INCOME TAXES:
 
  Federal and state income taxes are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                          ----------------------
                                                           1995   1996    1997
                                                          ----------------------
   <S>                                                    <C>    <C>    <C>
   Federal--
     Current............................................. $   87   $358 $    745
     Deferred............................................    116    251      303
   State--
     Current.............................................     15     64      160
     Deferred............................................     21     45       26
                                                          ------ ------ --------
                                                            $239   $718   $1,234
                                                          ====== ====== ========
</TABLE>
 
  Actual income tax expense differs from income tax expense computed by
applying the U.S. federal statutory corporate rate of 35 percent to income
(loss) before provision for income taxes as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                         ----------------------
                                                          1995   1996    1997
                                                         ----------------------
   <S>                                                   <C>    <C>    <C>
   Provision at the statutory rate......................   $211   $641   $1,106
   Increase resulting from--
     Permanent differences, mainly meals and
      entertainment.....................................      5      7        7
     State income tax, net of benefit for federal
      deduction.........................................     23     70      121
                                                         ------ ------ --------
                                                           $239   $718   $1,234
                                                         ====== ====== ========
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-42
<PAGE>
 
                       UNION POWER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  Deferred income tax provisions result from temporary differences in the
recognition of income and expenses for financial reporting purposes and for
tax purposes. The tax effects of these temporary differences, representing
deferred tax assets and liabilities, result principally from the following (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                        ----------------------
                                                           1996        1997
                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>
  Deferred income tax liabilities--
    Property and equipment.............................    $  (843)    $(1,257)
    Other..............................................       (347)        (14)
                                                        ----------  ----------
      Total deferred income tax liabilities............     (1,190)     (1,271)
  Deferred income tax assets--
    Property and equipment.............................          5           5
    Other accruals not currently deductible............        377         129
                                                        ----------  ----------
      Total deferred income tax assets.................        382         134
  Valuation allowance..................................         (5)         (5)
                                                        ----------  ----------
      Total deferred income tax liabilities............    $  (813)    $(1,142)
                                                        ==========  ==========
  The net deferred tax assets and liabilities are comprised of the following
 (in thousands):
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31,
                                                        ----------------------
                                                           1996        1997
                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>
  Deferred tax assets--
    Current............................................     $  377      $  129
    Long-term..........................................        --          --
                                                        ----------  ----------
      Total............................................        377         129
                                                        ----------  ----------
  Deferred tax liabilities--
    Current............................................       (347)        (14)
                                                        ----------  ----------
    Long-term..........................................       (843)     (1,257)
                                                        ----------  ----------
      Total............................................     (1,190)     (1,271)
                                                        ----------  ----------
      Net deferred income tax liabilities..............    $  (813)    $(1,142)
                                                        ==========  ==========
</TABLE>
 
8. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
 
 Note Receivable
 
  The Company has loaned funds to various entities owned by the Company's
stockholders. Interest income under this arrangement was $15,000, $13,000 and
$3,000 for the years ended August 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
 Rental Income
 
  Union has from time to time leased or rented construction equipment on a
short-term basis to various related parties. Total rental revenue under these
arrangements was $4,000 for the year ended August 31, 1996.
 
 Management Fee Income
 
  The Company also receives management fee income from a related-party owned
by two of Union's stockholders for financial and management services rendered.
Total payments received were $7,000, $13,000 and $9,000 for the years ended
August 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997.
 
                                     F-43
<PAGE>
 
                       UNION POWER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:
 
  In connection with its collective bargaining agreements with various
electrical, labor and operating engineer unions, the Company participates with
other companies in the various multiemployer pension plans. These plans cover
all of the Company's employees who are members of such unions. The Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Multi-Employer
Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, imposes certain liabilities upon
employers who are contributors to a multiemployer plan in the event of the
employer's withdrawal from, or upon termination of, such plan. The Company has
no plan to withdraw from these plans. The plans do not maintain information on
net assets and actuarial present value of the accumulated share of the plans'
unfunded vested benefits allocable to the Company, and amounts, if any, for
which the Company may be contingently liable are not ascertainable at this
time. Total contributions to these plans were approximately $1.2 million, $2.3
million and $2.9 million at August 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
  The Company has a defined contribution profit-sharing plan for employees not
covered by a union bargaining agreement. The plan provides for the Company to
make discretionary contributions of up to 15 percent of an employee's salary.
Total contributions by the Company under the plan were approximately $127,000,
$130,000 and $155,000 for the years ended August 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively.
 
10. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
 
  The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
accounts receivable, available for sale securities, a line of credit, accounts
payable, notes payable and debt. The Company believes that the carrying value
of these instruments on the accompanying balance sheets approximates their
fair value.
 
11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
 
 Litigation
 
  The Company is involved in disputes or legal actions arising in the ordinary
course of business. Management does not believe the outcome of such legal
actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.
 
 Performance Bonds
 
  In certain circumstances, the Company is required to provide performance
bonds in connection with its contract commitments which are personally
guaranteed by certain stockholders of the Company.
 
12. MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND RISK CONCENTRATION:
 
  The Company had sales greater than 10 percent of total sales to three major
customers (comprising approximately 27 percent, 17 percent and 16 percent of
total sales), three major customers (comprising approximately 39 percent, 27
percent and 11 percent of total sales) and two major customers (comprising
approximately 40 percent and 34 percent of total sales) during the years ended
August 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
  The Company grants credit, generally without collateral, to its customers,
which are major public utilities, located primarily in the western United
States. Consequently, the Company is subject to potential credit risk related
to changes in business and economic factors within the region it operates.
However,
 
                                     F-44
<PAGE>
 
                       UNION POWER CONSTRUCTION COMPANY
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
management believes that its contract acceptance, billing and collection
policies are adequate to minimize the potential credit risk.
 
13. CONTRACT CLAIM:
 
  In 1995, the Company received a $970,000 settlement from the Western Area
Power Administrator (WAPA). During the course of the project, the job was shut
down by WAPA for a protracted length of time due to an accident by an
unrelated contractor working on the same project. As a result, the Company
incurred significant idle crew time. The Company presented WAPA with a claim
for costs incurred by the Company for WAPA's actions and received the
settlement, which is included in 1995 revenues.
 
14. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:
 
 Construction Contract
 
  In October 1997, the Company was awarded a major contract for construction
of 164 miles of electrical transmission lines and two substation facilities.
The contract requires substantial completion by December 1, 1998, and carries
significant penalties for work not being completed by the substantial
completion date. Work began in December 1997.
 
 Debt
 
  In November 1997, the Company entered into a $500,000 term loan agreement
due November 2001 with a bank for the purchase of construction equipment. The
loan bears interest at a rate of 8.5 percent and monthly principal and
interest payments of $12,300. The loan is secured by the equipment purchased.
 
15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS TO DATE OF AUDITORS' REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC
   ACCOUNTANTS (UNAUDITED):
 
  In December 1997, the Company amended its $2 million secured revolving line
of credit to increase total available borrowings under the facility to $3
million. The terms of the facility, including interest and maturity date,
remain unchanged. See discussion of the facility in Note 5.
 
  In December 1997, the Company and its stockholders entered into a definitive
agreement with Quanta Services, Inc. (Quanta), subject to certain conditions,
pursuant to which all outstanding shares of the Company's common stock will be
exchanged for cash and shares of Quanta common stock concurrent with the
consummation of an initial public offering (the Offering) of additional common
stock by Quanta. In addition, the key executives of the Company will enter
into employment agreements with the Company and Quanta which have an initial
term of three years and generally restricts the disclosure of confidential
information as well as competition with the Company and Quanta for a period of
five years following from the date of the employment agreement.
 
  Prior to the consummation of the Offering, two of Company's stockholders
will purchase certain nonoperating assets not used in the business at a price
equal to the net book value of such assets (approximately $183,000 at August
31, 1997).
 
                                     F-45
<PAGE>
 
                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To TRANS TECH Electric, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of TRANS TECH Electric, Inc.,
an Indiana Subchapter S corporation, as of December 31, 1996, and September
30, 1997, and the related statements of operations, cash flows and
shareholders' equity for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the
nine months ended September 30, 1997. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of TRANS TECH Electric, Inc., as
of December 31, 1996, and September 30, 1997, and the results of its
operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, and
the nine months ended September 30, 1997, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles.
 
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Houston, Texas 
December 5, 1997
 
                                     F-46
<PAGE>
 
                           TRANS TECH ELECTRIC, INC.
                                BALANCE SHEETS
 
                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    PRO FORMA
                                       DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                           1996         1997         1997(1)
                                       ------------ ------------- -------------
<S>                                    <C>          <C>           <C>
                ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........   $   389       $   865       $   865
  Accounts receivable--
    Trade, net of allowance of $130
     and $158, respectively...........     4,484         4,301         4,301
    Retainage.........................     1,822         1,838         1,838
  Inventories.........................       610           684           684
  Costs and estimated earnings in
   excess of billings on uncompleted
   contracts..........................     1,853         4,320         4,320
  Prepaid expenses and other current
   assets.............................        66            86            86
                                         -------       -------       -------
    Total current assets..............     9,224        12,094        12,094
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net...........     2,642         2,924         2,924
OTHER ASSETS..........................         3             3             3
                                         -------       -------       -------
    Total assets......................   $11,869       $15,021       $15,021
                                         =======       =======       =======
 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Note payable........................   $   797       $ 2,294       $ 2,294
  Current maturities of long-term
   debt...............................       107            89            89
  Current portion of capital lease
   obligations........................       285           414           414
  Accounts payable and accrued
   expenses...........................     4,465         5,166         5,166
  Billings in excess of costs and
   estimated earnings on uncompleted
   contracts..........................       728           173           173
                                         -------       -------       -------
    Total current liabilities.........     6,382         8,136         8,136
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current
 maturities...........................       607           543         6,384
LONG-TERM CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS,
 net of current obligations...........       467           438           438
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock, no par value, 1,000
   shares authorized, 926 shares
   issued and outstanding.............       125           125           125
  Retained earnings...................     4,350         5,841            --
  Treasury stock, 150 shares, at cost.       (62)          (62)          (62)
                                         -------       -------       -------
    Total shareholders' equity........     4,413         5,904            63
                                         -------       -------       -------
    Total liabilities and
     shareholders' equity.............   $11,869       $15,021       $15,021
                                         =======       =======       =======
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The pro forma balance sheet column presented reflects the impact of Sub S
    distributions. See Note 12 for further discussion.
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                     F-47
<PAGE>
 
                           TRANS TECH ELECTRIC, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        YEAR ENDED      NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                       DECEMBER 31,       SEPTEMBER 30,
                                      ----------------  ------------------
                                       1995     1996      1996      1997
                                      -------  -------  --------  --------
                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                   <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>       
REVENUES............................. $21,397  $24,414   $16,575   $24,278
COST OF SERVICES (including
 depreciation).......................  18,934   20,426    13,683    19,687
                                      -------  -------  --------  --------
    Gross profit.....................   2,463    3,988     2,892     4,591
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 EXPENSES............................   1,639    1,848     1,300     1,362
                                      -------  -------  --------  --------
    Income from operations...........     824    2,140     1,592     3,229
                                      -------  -------  --------  --------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Interest expense...................    (297)    (313)     (249)     (232)
  Other, net.........................      34       45        31        38
                                      -------  -------  --------  --------
    Other income (expense), net......   (263)     (268)     (218)     (194)
                                      -------  -------  --------  --------
NET INCOME........................... $   561  $ 1,872  $  1,374  $  3,035
                                      =======  =======  ========  ========
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-48
<PAGE>
 
                           TRANS TECH ELECTRIC, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            YEAR ENDED       NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                           DECEMBER 31,        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                          ----------------  -------------------
                                           1995     1996       1996      1997
                                          -------  -------  ----------- -------
                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                       <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income.............................  $   561  $ 1,872    $ 1,374   $ 3,035
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to
 net cash provided by operating
 activities --
  Depreciation and amortization.........      442      574        428       496
  Gain on sale of property and
   equipment............................      (19)     (31)       (21)      (15)
  Bad debt expense......................       83       34         10        38
  Changes in operating assets and
   liabilities--
   (Increase) decrease in --
    Accounts receivable.................      827   (2,134)       225       129
    Inventories.........................     (254)     256       (223)      (74)
    Costs and estimated earnings in
     excess of billings on uncompleted
     contracts..........................     (241)     377       (601)   (2,467)
    Prepaid expenses and other current
     assets.............................      (33)      (7)         1       (20)
   Increase (decrease) in--
    Accounts payable and accrued
     expenses...........................     (878)   1,359        219       701
    Billings in excess of costs and
     estimated earnings on uncompleted
     contracts..........................     (141)     583       (145)     (555)
                                          -------  -------    -------   -------
  Net cash provided by operating
   activities...........................      347    2,883      1,267     1,268
                                          -------  -------    -------   -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from sale of property and
  equipment.............................       46       69         59        92
 Additions of property and equipment....   (1,180)    (923)      (803)     (856)
                                          -------  -------    -------   -------
  Net cash used in investing activities.   (1,134)    (854)      (744)     (764)
                                          -------  -------    -------   -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Net borrowings (repayments) on line of
  credit................................    1,139   (2,283)    (1,115)    1,496
 Proceeds from long-term debt...........      537    1,185      1,185       327
 Payments of long-term debt.............     (148)    (477)      (387)     (307)
 Distributions to shareholders..........     (457)    (542)      (522)   (1,544)
                                          -------  -------    -------   -------
  Net cash provided by (used in)
   financing activities.................    1,071   (2,117)      (839)      (28)
                                          -------  -------    -------   -------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
 EQUIVALENTS............................      284      (88)      (316)      476
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of
 period.................................      193      477        477       389
                                          -------  -------    -------   -------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of
 period.................................  $   477  $   389    $   161   $   865
                                          =======  =======    =======   =======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for interest................  $   310  $   297    $   246   $   233
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-49
<PAGE>
 
                           TRANS TECH ELECTRIC, INC.
                       STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   COMMON STOCK                         TOTAL
                                   ------------- RETAINED  TREASURY SHAREHOLDERS'
                                   SHARES AMOUNT EARNINGS   STOCK      EQUITY
                                   ------ ------ --------  -------- -------------
<S>                                <C>    <C>    <C>       <C>      <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1994........  926    $125  $ 2,916     $(62)     $ 2,979
  Distributions to shareholders...   --      --     (457)      --         (457)
  Net income......................   --      --      561       --          561
                                    ---    ----  -------     ----      -------
BALANCE, December 31, 1995........  926     125    3,020      (62)       3,083
  Distributions to shareholders...   --      --     (542)      --         (542)
  Net income......................   --      --    1,872       --        1,872
                                    ---    ----  -------     ----      -------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996........  926     125    4,350      (62)       4,413
  Distributions to shareholders...   --      --   (1,544)      --       (1,544)
  Net income......................   --      --    3,035       --        3,035
                                    ---    ----  -------     ----      -------
BALANCE, September 30, 1997.......  926    $125  $ 5,841     $(62)     $ 5,904
                                    ===    ====  =======     ====      =======
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-50
<PAGE>
 
                           TRANS TECH ELECTRIC, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:
 
  TRANS TECH Electric, Inc., an Indiana Subchapter S corporation (the
Company), focuses on providing traffic signals, street and sign lighting
installation and general commercial and industrial electrical construction
primarily for commercial, state and regulatory entities. The Company performs
the majority of its contract work under fixed price contracts, unit-price and
fixed price contracts modified by penalty provisions, with contract terms
generally ranging from six to 18 months. The Company performs the majority of
its work in Indiana and Michigan.
 
2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
  Interim Financial Information
 
The interim financial statements for the nine months ended September 30, 1996,
are unaudited and have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of
the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly, they do not include all
of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting
principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of the Company's
management, the unaudited interim financial statements contain all adjustments
(consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair
presentation. The results of operations for the interim periods are not
necessarily indicative of the results for the entire fiscal year.
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
  The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
  Supplemental Cash Flow Information
 
  The Company had the following noncash investing and financing activities
related to capital leases and equipment acquired by seller financing of
approximately $621,000, $485,000 and $327,000 for the years ended December 31,
1995 and 1996, and the nine months ended September 30, 1997.
 
  Inventories
 
  Inventories consist of parts and supplies held for use in the ordinary
course of business and are stated at the lower of cost or market using the
last-in, first-out (LIFO) method. The excess of current costs over the
carrying value of LIFO inventories was $105,000 and $126,000 at December 31,
1996, and September 30, 1997, respectively.
 
  Accounts Receivable and Provision for Doubtful Accounts
 
  The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the
specific identification of accounts receivable where collection is no longer
deemed probable and an allowance based upon the level of total accounts
receivable balances.
 
  Property and Equipment
 
  Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the
life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset. Depreciation
expense was $442,000, $574,000 and $496,000 for the years ended December 31,
1995 and 1996, and the nine months ended September 30, 1997, respectively.
 
                                     F-51
<PAGE>
 
                          TRANS TECH ELECTRIC, INC.,
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain
or loss is recognized in the statements of operations.
 
  Revenue Recognition
 
  The Company recognizes revenue when services are performed except when work
is being performed under a fixed price contract. Such contracts generally
provide that the customer accept completion of progress to date and compensate
the Company for services which have been rendered, measured typically in terms
of units installed, hours expended or some other measure of progress. Revenues
from fixed price contracts are recognized on the percentage-of-completion
method measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to total estimated
costs for each contract. Contract costs include all direct material, labor and
subcontract costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance,
such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs and depreciation costs.
Provisions for the total estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are made in
the period in which such losses are determined. Changes in job performance,
job conditions, estimated profitability and final contract settlements may
result in revisions to costs and income, and their effects are recognized in
the period in which the revisions are determined.
 
  The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in fixed price contracts will be due upon completion of the
contracts and acceptance by the customer. Based on the Company's experience
with similar contracts in recent years, the retention balance at each balance
sheet date will be collected within the subsequent fiscal year.
 
  The current asset "Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts" represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts
billed. The current liability "Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts" represents billings in excess of revenues
recognized.
 
  Warranty Costs
 
  For certain contracts, the Company warrants labor for the first year after
installation of new electrical systems. An accrual for warranty costs is
recorded based upon the historical level of warranty claims and management's
estimate of future costs.
 
  Income Taxes
 
  The Company has elected S corporation status as defined by the Internal
Revenue Code, whereby the Company is not subject to taxation for federal
purposes. Under S corporation status, the shareholders report their shares of
the Company's taxable earnings or losses in their personal tax returns. The
Company will terminate its S corporation status concurrently with the
effective date of the Offering (see Note 12).
 
 
  Collective Bargaining Agreements
 
  The Company is a party to various collective bargaining agreements with
certain of its employees. The agreements require the Company to pay specified
wages and provide certain benefits to its union employees. These agreements
will expire at various times through 2002.
 
  Use of Estimates
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions
by management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the
 
                                     F-52
<PAGE>
 
                          TRANS TECH ELECTRIC, INC.,
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates. Reference is made to the "Revenue
Recognition" section of this footnote and Note 9 for discussion of certain
estimates reflected in the Company's financial statements.
 
   New Accounting Pronouncement
 
   Effective January 1, 1996, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-
Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of." Accordingly, in the
event that facts and circumstances indicate that property and equipment or
other assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be
performed. If an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted
cash flows associated with the asset are compared to the asset's carrying
amount to determine if an impairment of such property is necessary. Adoption
of this standard did not have a material effect on the financial position or
results of operations of the Company.
 
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
 
   Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         ESTIMATED
                                        USEFUL LIVES DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                          IN YEARS       1996         1997
                                        ------------ ------------ -------------
   <S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
   Operating equipment and vehicles....      5-7        $3,957       $4,559
   Leasehold improvements..............     5-20           384          384
   Office furniture and equipment......        5           317          346
                                                        ------       ------
                                                         4,658        5,289
   Less--Accumulated depreciation and
    amortization.......................                 (2,016)      (2,365)
                                                        ------       ------
      Property and equipment, net......                 $2,642       $2,924
                                                        ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:
 
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          1996         1997
                                                      ------------ -------------
   <S>                                                <C>          <C>
   Accounts payable, trade...........................    $3,702       $4,242
   Accrued compensation and benefits.................       340          453
   Other accrued expenses............................       423          471
                                                         ------       ------
                                                         $4,465       $5,166
                                                         ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
   Contracts in progress are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         1996         1997
                                                     ------------ -------------
   <S>                                               <C>          <C>
   Costs incurred on contracts in progress..........    $9,178       $11,236
   Estimated earnings, net of losses................     1,630         2,534
                                                        ------       -------
                                                        10,808        13,770
   Less--Billings to date...........................     9,683         9,623
                                                        ------       -------
                                                        $1,125       $ 4,147
                                                        ======       =======
   Costs and estimated earnings in excess of bill-
    ings on uncompleted contracts...................    $1,853       $ 4,320
      Less--Billings in excess of costs and
       estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts..       728           173
                                                        ------       -------
                                                        $1,125       $ 4,147
                                                        ======       =======
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-53
<PAGE>
 
                          TRANS TECH ELECTRIC, INC.,
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
5. DEBT:
 
   The Company has a $4 million line of credit agreement with a bank bearing
interest at the national prime rate. The line of credit is collateralized by
the Company's receivables, inventory, property and equipment. The Company's
weighted average interest rate for the facility was 8.4 percent and 8.5
percent as of December 31, 1996, and September 30, 1997, respectively. At
December 31, 1996, and September 30, 1997, the outstanding balance on this
facility was $797,000 and $2,294,000, respectively, and is payable upon
demand.
 
   The Company's debt obligations consisted of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          1996         1997
                                                      ------------ -------------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                <C>          <C>
   Note payable to bank, 8.2% and 8.6% weighted
    average interest rate, respectively, due $10,000
    monthly with final maturity on May 1, 2001......      $663         $614
   Note payable to commercial finance company, 8.1%
    interest rate, $3,871 due monthly with final
    maturity on March 1, 1998.......................        51           18
                                                          ----         ----
                                                           714          632
   Less--Current maturities.........................       107           89
                                                          ----         ----
   Total long-term debt.............................      $607         $543
                                                          ====         ====
</TABLE>
 
  The long-term debt is secured by the Company's receivables, inventory,
property and equipment and is guaranteed by the Company's principal
shareholders. The line of credit and note payable to the bank are subject to
certain financial reporting and financial ratio requirements. The Company was
in compliance with such covenants for all periods presented. In October 1997,
the Company violated its minimum debt to net worth ratio due to the
distribution of the Company's accumulated adjustment account (see Note 11).
The Company has received a waiver, effective through January 1, 1999, from the
bank for this violation.
 
The maturities of long-term debt as of September 30, 1997, are as follows (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                  <C>
      Year ending September 30--
        1998.............................................................. $89
        1999..............................................................  77
        2000..............................................................  83
        2001.............................................................. 383
</TABLE>
 
6. LEASES:
 
   The Company leases its office and warehouse space from an entity owned
principally by the Company's shareholders. The lease expires in June 2000 and
requires the Company to pay all taxes, insurance and maintenance on the
property. The rent paid on this related-party lease was approximately $49,000,
$59,000 and $44,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the
nine months ended September 30, 1997, respectively.
 
                                     F-54
<PAGE>
 
                          TRANS TECH ELECTRIC, INC.,
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  The Company leases various equipment under noncancelable sale-leaseback
capital leases and the leased assets are included as part of "Property and
equipment." Details of the capital leased assets are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          1996         1997
                                                      ------------ -------------
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                                <C>          <C>
   Operating equipment and vehicles..................    $1,022       $1,312
   Less--Accumulated depreciation....................      (194)        (306)
                                                         ------       ------
   Net capitalized leased assets.....................    $  828       $1,006
                                                         ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
  At September 30, 1997, the future minimum lease payments under operating and
capital leases are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 SEPTEMBER 30
                                                               -----------------
                                                               OPERATING CAPITAL
                                                                LEASES   LEASES
                                                               --------- -------
   <S>                                                         <C>       <C>
   1998.......................................................   $ 59     $483
   1999.......................................................     59      318
   2000.......................................................     44      162
                                                                 ----     ----
      Total...................................................   $162      963
                                                                          ====
   Less--Amount representing interest.........................            (111)
                                                                          ----
   Present value of minimum lease payments....................             852
   Less--Current maturities...................................            (414)
                                                                          ----
   Long-term obligations......................................            $438
                                                                          ====
</TABLE>
 
7. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:
 
   In connection with its collective bargaining agreements with various
electrical, labor and operating engineer unions, the Company participates with
other companies in the unions' multiemployer pension plans. These plans cover
all of the Company's employees who are members of such unions. The Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Multi-Employer
Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, imposes certain liabilities upon
employers who are contributors to a multiemployer plan in the event of the
employer's withdrawal from, or upon termination of, such plan. The Company has
no plan to withdraw from these plans. The plans do not maintain information on
net assets and actuarial present value of the accumulated share of the plan's
unfunded vested benefits allocable to the Company, and amounts, if any, for
which the Company may be contingently liable are not ascertainable at this
time. Total contributions to the plans were approximately $403,000, $474,000
and $435,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the nine
months ended September 30, 1997, respectively.
 
   The Company has a defined contribution profit-sharing plan. The plan
provides for the Company to match one-half of employee contributions to the
plan up to a maximum of $3,500 per year per employee. Total contributions by
the Company under the plan were approximately $31,000, $30,000 and $16,000 for
the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the nine months ended
September 30, 1997, respectively. The Company may also make discretionary
contributions. The Company made discretionary contributions of $44,000,
$70,000 and $ -- for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996, and the nine
months ended September 30, 1997, respectively.
 
                                     F-55
<PAGE>
 
                          TRANS TECH ELECTRIC, INC.,
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
8. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
 
   The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
accounts receivable, a line of credit, accounts payable, notes payable and
debt. The Company believes that the carrying value of these instruments on the
accompanying balance sheets approximates their fair value.
 
9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
 
 Litigation
 
   The Company is involved in disputes or legal actions arising in the ordinary
course of business. Management does not believe the outcome of such legal
actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.
 
 Insurance
 
   The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including workers'
compensation, business auto liability, general liability and an umbrella
policy. The Company is self-insured for medical claims up to $5,000 per year
per covered individual. The Company has recorded accruals for its estimated
portion of self-insured claims based on estimated claims incurred through
December 31, 1995 and 1996, and September 30, 1997.
 
 Performance Bonds
 
   In certain circumstances, the Company is required to provide performance
bonds in connection with its contract commitments which are personally
guaranteed by certain shareholders of the Company.
 
10. MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND RISK CONCENTRATION:
 
  During 1995 and 1996, one customer accounted for 17 percent and 21 percent
of the Company's revenue, respectively. During 1997, two customers accounted
for 19 percent and 14 percent of the Company's revenues, respectively.
 
  The Company grants credit, generally without collateral, to its customers,
which include real estate operators, general contractors and state and
regulatory agencies, located primarily in Indiana and Michigan. Consequently,
the Company is subject to potential credit risk related to changes in business
and economic factors within Indiana and Michigan. However, management believes
that its contract acceptance, billing and collection policies are adequate to
minimize the potential credit risk.
 
11. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:
 
  In October 1997, the Company made cash distributions of approximately
$5,050,000. The Company entered into a $5,050,000 note payable to a bank
bearing an 8 percent interest rate to finance these cash distributions. The
Company must make monthly payments of interest with final maturity in November
2000. Had this transaction been recorded at September 30, 1997, the effect on
the accompanying balance sheet would be an increase in liabilities of
$5,050,000 and a decrease in shareholders' equity of $5,050,000.
 
                                     F-56
<PAGE>
 
                          TRANS TECH ELECTRIC, INC.,
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS TO DATE OF AUDITORS' REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC
    ACCOUNTANTS (UNAUDITED):
 
  In December 1997, the Company and its shareholders entered into a definitive
agreement with Quanta Services, Inc. (Quanta), subject to certain conditions
pursuant to which all outstanding shares of the Company's common stock will be
exchanged for cash and shares of Quanta common stock, concurrent with the
consummation of an initial public offering (the Offering) of additional common
stock by Quanta. In addition, two executives of the Company will enter into
employment agreements with the Company and Quanta which have an initial term
of three years and generally restricts the disclosure of confidential
information as well as restricts competition with the Company and Quanta for a
period of five years from the date of the employment agreement. In the event
that the proposed sale of the Company to Quanta Services, Inc. does not occur,
the shareholders intend, if necessary, to contribute amounts to provide for
additional liquidity to the Company.
 
  Prior to the closing of the transaction discussed above, the Company plans
to make additional Sub S distributions of approximately $791,000 based on the
Company's retained earnings balance at September 30, 1997. The Company intends
to fund the distribution through bank borrowings. The Company will also make
Sub S distributions to its owners of substantially all of their previously-
taxed undistributed earnings through December 31, 1997.
 
                                     F-57
<PAGE>
 
                   REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Potelco, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Potelco, Inc., a Washington
Subchapter S corporation, as of December 31, 1996, and September 30, 1997, and
the related statements of operations, cash flows and stockholder's equity for
the year ended December 31, 1996, and the nine months ended September 30,
1997. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Potelco, Inc., as of December
31, 1996, and September 30, 1997, and the results of its operations and cash
flows for the year ended December 31, 1996, and the nine months ended
September 30, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting
principles.
 
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Houston, Texas
December 5, 1997
 
                                     F-58
<PAGE>
 
                                 POTELCO, INC.
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                        DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                            1996         1997         1997(1)
                                        ------------ ------------- -------------
<S>                                     <C>          <C>           <C>
                ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents                 $   36       $  280        $  280
 Accounts receivable --
  Trade, net of allowance of $15 and
   $47, respectively..................      2,987        4,428         4,428
  Retainage...........................        902          541           541
 Costs and estimated earnings in ex-
  cess of billings on uncompleted con-
  tracts..............................        117          975           975
 Prepaid expenses and other current
  assets..............................         25           34            34
                                           ------       ------        ------
  Total current assets................      4,067        6,258         6,258
 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net..........      2,679        3,206         3,206
                                           ------       ------        ------
  Total assets........................     $6,746       $9,464        $9,464
                                           ======       ======        ======
 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Notes payable to bank................     $  550       $1,162        $3,162
 Note payable to stockholder..........        109           35            35
 Current maturities of long-term debt.        445          491           491
 Current portion of note payable to
  related party.......................        216          219           219
 Accounts payable and accrued ex-
  penses..............................      1,839        2,163         2,163
 Billings in excess of costs and esti-
  mated earnings on uncompleted con-
  tracts..............................        139           74            74
                                           ------       ------        ------
  Total current liabilities...........      3,298        4,144         6,144
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current maturi-
 ties --
 Note payable to related party........        863          823           823
 Other long-term debt.................        537          559           559
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY:
 Common stock, $5 par value, 10,000
  shares authorized, 22 shares issued
  and 2 shares outstanding............         --           --            --
 Additional paid-in capital...........        160          160           160
 Retained earnings....................      1,888        3,778         1,778
                                           ------       ------        ------
  Total stockholder's equity..........      2,048        3,938         1,938
                                           ------       ------        ------
  Total liabilities and stockholder's
   equity.............................     $6,746       $9,464        $9,464
                                           ======       ======        ======
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The pro forma balance sheet column presented reflects the impact of Sub S
    distributions. See Note 13 for further discussion.
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-59
<PAGE>
 
                                 POTELCO, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                YEAR ENDED     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               DECEMBER 31, -------------------
                                                   1996        1996      1997
                                               ------------ ----------- -------
                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>          <C>         <C>
REVENUES......................................   $14,549      $10,173   $13,248
COST OF SERVICES (including depreciation).....    12,946        9,343    10,416
                                                 -------      -------   -------
 Gross profit.................................     1,603          830     2,832
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
EXPENSES......................................       971          691       777
                                                 -------      -------   -------
 Income from operations.......................       632          139     2,055
                                                 -------      -------   -------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
 Interest expense.............................      (321)        (218)     (185)
 Other, net...................................      (123)          30        20
                                                 -------      -------   -------
  Other income (expense), net.................      (444)        (188)     (165)
                                                 -------      -------   -------
NET INCOME (LOSS).............................   $   188      $   (49)  $ 1,890
                                                 =======      =======   =======
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-60
<PAGE>
 
                                 POTELCO, INC.
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                YEAR ENDED    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                               DECEMBER 31, ------------------
                                                   1996        1996      1997
                                               ------------ ----------- ------
                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                            <C>          <C>         <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net income...................................     $188        $(49)    $1,890
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
 cash provided by (used in) operating
 activities --
  Depreciation................................      473         354        380
  Loss (gain) on sale of property and equip-
   ment.......................................      129          30         (6)
  Changes in operating assets and 
   liabilities -- (Increase) decrease in --
    Accounts receivable.......................      208         193     (1,080)
    Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
     billings on uncompleted contracts........       79        (375)      (858)
    Prepaid expenses and other current assets.      (16)         --         (9)
   Increase (decrease) in --
    Accounts payable and accrued expenses.....     (611)       (759)       324
    Billings in excess of costs and estimated
     earnings on uncompleted contracts........     (371)        316        (65)
                                                   ----        ----     ------
   Net cash provided by (used in) operating
    activities................................       79        (290)       576
                                                   ----        ----     ------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment.       60          44         48
 Additions to property and equipment..........     (322)       (235)      (621)
                                                   ----        ----     ------
   Net cash used in investing activities......     (262)       (191)      (573)
                                                   ----        ----     ------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Net increase in notes payable to bank........      250         500        612
 Net decrease in note payable to stockholder..       (8)         (4)       (74)
 Payments of note payable to related party....      (45)        (33)       (37)
 Payments of other long-term debt.............     (437)       (413)      (404)
 Proceeds from other long-term debt...........       50          26        144
 Distributions to stockholder.................     (101)       (101)        --
                                                   ----        ----     ------
   Net cash provided by (used in) financing
    activities................................     (291)        (25)       241
                                                   ----        ----     ------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
 EQUIVALENTS..................................     (474)       (506)       244
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of peri-
 od...........................................      510         510         36
                                                   ----        ----     ------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period......     $ 36        $  4     $  280
                                                   ====        ====     ======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMA-
 TION:
  Cash paid for interest......................     $328        $224     $  200
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-61
<PAGE>
 
                                 POTELCO, INC.
                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE INFORMATION)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 COMMON STOCK  ADDITIONAL              TOTAL
                                 -------------  PAID-IN   RETAINED STOCKHOLDER'S
                                 SHARES AMOUNT  CAPITAL   EARNINGS    EQUITY
                                 ------ ------ ---------- -------- -------------
<S>                              <C>    <C>    <C>        <C>      <C>
BALANCE, December 31, 1995......    2    $--      $160     $1,801     $1,961
 Distributions to stockholder...   --     --        --       (101)      (101)
 Net income.....................   --     --        --        188        188
                                  ---    ---      ----     ------     ------
BALANCE, December 31, 1996......    2     --       160      1,888      2,048
 Net income.....................   --     --        --      1,890      1,890
                                  ---    ---      ----     ------     ------
BALANCE, September 30, 1997.....    2    $--      $160     $3,778     $3,938
                                  ===    ===      ====     ======     ======
</TABLE>
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
                                      F-62
<PAGE>
 
                                 POTELCO, INC.
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1.BUSINESS AND ORGANIZATION:
 
  Potelco, Inc., a Washington Subchapter S corporation (the Company), focuses
on providing underground and overhead power and telephone cable installation
primarily under commercial, industrial and governmental contracts. The Company
performs the majority of its contract work in Washington under lump-sum, cost-
plus and unit-priced contracts, with contract terms generally ranging from 30
days to 18 months.
 
2.SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
  Interim Financial Information
 
  The interim statements of operations and cash flows for the nine months
ended September 30, 1996, are unaudited and have been prepared pursuant to the
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Accordingly,
they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally
accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. In the
opinion of the Company's management, the unaudited interim financial
statements contain all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring
adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation. The results of
operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the
results for the entire fiscal year.
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
  The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
 
  Supplemental Cash Flow Information
 
  The Company had noncash investing and financing activities related to
capital leases of approximately $374,000 and $328,000 during the year ended
December 31, 1996, and nine months ended September 30, 1997, respectively.
 
  Accounts Receivable and Provision for Doubtful Accounts
 
  The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the
specific identification of accounts receivable where collection is no longer
deemed probable and an allowance based upon the level of total accounts
receivable balances.
 
  Property and Equipment
 
  Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is computed
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.
Leasehold improvements are capitalized and amortized over the lesser of the
life of the lease or the estimated useful life of the asset. Depreciation
expense was approximately $473,000 and $380,000 for the year ended December
31, 1996, and the nine months ended September 30, 1997, respectively.
 
  Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense when
incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments, which extend the
useful lives of existing equipment, are capitalized and depreciated. Upon
retirement or disposition of property and equipment, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain
or loss is recognized in the statements of operations.
 
                                     F-63
<PAGE>
 
                                 POTELCO, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  Revenue Recognition
 
  The Company recognizes revenue when services are performed except when work
is being performed under fixed price or cost-plus-fee contracts. Such
contracts generally provide that the customer accept completion of progress to
date and compensate the Company for services which have been rendered,
measured typically in terms of units installed, hours expended or some other
measure of progress. Revenues from fixed price contracts are recognized on the
percentage-of-completion method measured by the percentage of costs incurred
to date to total estimated costs for each contract. Revenues from cost-plus-
fee contracts are recognized on the basis of costs incurred during the year,
plus the fee earned, and are measured by the cost-to-cost method. Contract
costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs
related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools,
repairs and depreciation costs. Provisions for the total estimated losses on
uncompleted contracts are made in the period in which such losses are
determined. Changes in job performance, job conditions, estimated
profitability and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs
and income, and their effects are recognized in the period in which the
revisions are determined.
 
  The balances billed but not paid by customers pursuant to retainage
provisions in fixed price or cost plus fee contracts will be due upon
completion of the contracts and acceptance by the customer. Based on the
Company's experience with similar contracts in recent years, the retention
balance at each balance sheet date will be collected within the subsequent
fiscal year.
 
  The current asset, "Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on
uncompleted contracts," represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts
billed. The current liability, "Billings in excess of costs and estimated
earnings on uncompleted contracts," represents billings in excess of revenues
recognized.
 
  Warranty Costs
 
  For certain contracts, the Company generally warrants labor for the first
year after completion of the installation. An accrual for warranty costs is
recorded based upon the historical level of warranty claims and management's
estimate of future costs.
 
  Income Taxes
 
  The Company has elected S corporation status as defined by the Internal
Revenue Code, whereby the Company is not subject to taxation for federal
purposes. Under S corporation status, the shareholders report their shares of
the Company's taxable earnings or losses in their personal tax returns. The
Company will terminate its S corporation status concurrently with the
effective date of the Offering (see Note 13).
 
  Collective Bargaining Agreements
 
  The Company is a party to various collective bargaining agreements with
certain of its employees. The agreements require the Company to pay specified
wages and provide certain benefits to its union employees. These agreements
will expire at various times through 2000.
 
  Use of Estimates
 
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires the use of estimates and assumptions
by management in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,
disclosures of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements
and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates. Reference is made to the
"Revenue Recognition" section of this footnote for discussion of significant
estimates reflected in the Company's financial statements.
 
                                     F-64
<PAGE>
 
                                 POTELCO, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
  New Accounting Pronouncement
 
  Effective January 1, 1996, the Company adopted Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived
Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to Be Disposed Of." Accordingly, in the event
that facts and circumstances indicate that property and equipment or other
assets may be impaired, an evaluation of recoverability would be performed. If
an evaluation is required, the estimated future undiscounted cash flows
associated with the asset are compared to the asset's carrying amount to
determine if an impairment of such property is necessary. Adoption of this
standard did not have a material effect on the financial position or results
of operations of the Company.
 
3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
 
  Property and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         ESTIMATED
                                        USEFUL LIVES DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                          IN YEARS       1996         1997
                                        ------------ ------------ -------------
   <S>                                  <C>          <C>          <C>
   Operating equipment and vehicles....     5-10       $ 5,279       $ 6,080
   Office equipment, furniture and
    fixtures...........................        5            99           111
   Leasehold improvements..............        5           184           210
                                                       -------       -------
     Total cost........................                  5,562         6,401
   Less--Accumulated depreciation......                 (2,883)       (3,195)
                                                       -------       -------
      Property and equipment, net......                $ 2,679       $ 3,206
                                                       =======       =======
</TABLE>
 
4. DETAIL OF CERTAIN BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS:
 
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following (in
thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                          1996         1997
                                                      ------------ -------------
   <S>                                                <C>          <C>
   Accounts payable, trade...........................    $1,117       $1,132
   Accrued compensation and benefits.................       149          258
   Other accrued expenses............................       573          773
                                                         ------       ------
                                                         $1,839       $2,163
                                                         ======       ======
</TABLE>
 
  Contracts in progress are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         1996         1997
                                                     ------------ -------------
   <S>                                               <C>          <C>
   Costs incurred on contracts in progress..........   $ 1,147       $ 1,958
   Estimated earnings, net of losses................       782           898
                                                       -------       -------
                                                         1,929         2,856
   Less--Billings to date...........................    (1,951)       (1,955)
                                                       -------       -------
                                                       $   (22)      $   901
                                                       =======       =======
   Costs and estimated earnings in excess of
    billings on uncompleted contracts...............   $   117       $   975
   Billings in excess of costs and estimated
    earnings on uncompleted contracts...............      (139)          (74)
                                                       -------       -------
                                                       $   (22)      $   901
                                                       =======       =======
</TABLE>
 
                                     F-65
<PAGE>
 
                                 POTELCO, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
5. NOTES PAYABLE TO BANK:
 
  The notes payable to bank as of December 31, 1996, represents borrowings
under a revolving credit agreement maturing April 30, 1997. Borrowings are
based on percentages of contract billings and are secured by substantially all
of the Company's assets. This agreement provides for a total credit limit of
$800,000, of which $550,000, had been drawn at December 31, 1996, and requires
monthly interest payments of prime plus .75 percent.
 
  On May 2, 1997, the Company entered into revolving credit agreements with a
bank maturing May 1, 1998. The agreements provide for total credit limits of
$1,000,000 and $400,000, of which approximately $995,000 and $167,000,
respectively, had been drawn at September 30, 1997, and requires monthly
interest payments of prime (8.50 percent at September 30, 1997) plus .75
percent beginning June 1, 1997. On October 1, 1997, the $1,000,000 revolving
credit agreement was amended to increase the credit limit to $1,500,000.
 
  The notes payable outstanding as of December 31, 1996, and September 30,
1997, related to the revolving credit agreements contain several ratio and
covenant requirements, including a minimum working capital ratio and a debt to
net worth restriction. Furthermore, these notes are guaranteed by the
stockholder. The Company was in compliance with these requirements for the
year ended December 31, 1996, and the nine months ended September 30, 1997.
 
6. LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITAL LEASES:
 
  Long-term debt and capital leases consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     DECEMBER 31, SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                         1996         1997
                                                     ------------ -------------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
   <S>                                               <C>          <C>
   Notes payable to a third party due in monthly
    installments aggregating approximately $10,000,
    including interest ranging from 7.9% to 11%,
    collateralized by equipment....................     $ 263        $  183
   Notes payable to a third party due in monthly
    installments aggregating approximately $12,000
    plus interest at 10%, collateralized by
    equipment......................................       128           159
   Notes payable to a third party due in monthly
    installments of approximately $800 plus
    interest at 10.27%, collateralized by
    equipment......................................        21            16
   Obligations under capital leases................       570           692
                                                        -----        ------
                                                          982         1,050
   Less--Current maturities of long-term debt......      (445)         (491)
                                                        -----        ------
   Other long-term debt............................     $ 537        $  559
                                                        =====        ======
</TABLE>
 
  Future required principal payments on long-term debt (excluding capital
leases) as of September 30, 1997, are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                  <C>
      Twelve months ending September 30 --
            1998........................................................   $227
            1999..........................................................  131
</TABLE>
 
 
                                     F-66
<PAGE>
 
                                 POTELCO, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
  The Company has entered into noncancellable lease agreements with third-
party leasing companies for the acquisition of trucks and equipment. The
leases require payments, including interest at varying rates implicit in the
leases, as of September 30, 1997, over the next five years and are as follows
(in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                 <C>
      Twelve months ending September 30 --
         1998............................................................ $ 309
         1999............................................................   293
         2000............................................................   251
         2001............................................................    94
                                                                          -----
         Net minimum lease payments......................................   947
         Less amount representing interest...............................  (255)
                                                                          -----
         Present value of net minimum lease payments..................... $ 692
         Less--Current maturities........................................  (264)
                                                                          -----
         Long-term obligations........................................... $ 428
                                                                          =====
</TABLE>
 
7. RELATED-PARTY NOTES PAYABLE:
 
  The Company entered into a debt agreement amended with the father of the
Company's sole stockholder for approximately $1,163,000. The agreement
stipulates that the note will accrue interest at 8 percent, with required
monthly payments including interest and principal of at least $10,000. The
note is scheduled to mature on December 1, 2014. The balance outstanding was
approximately $1,079,000 and $1,042,000 as of December 31, 1996, and September
30, 1997, respectively.
 
  The Company's sole stockholder advanced funds to the Company totaling
$200,000 to provide short-term liquidity during 1994. The interest rate on the
advance is based on a blended annual rate, which is approximately 6.35 percent
as of December 31, 1996, and September 30, 1997, respectively. Amounts due
totaled approximately $109,000 and $35,000 as of December 31, 1996, and
September 30, 1997, respectively.
 
  Principal payments on related-party debt as of September 30, 1997, over the
next five years are as follows (in thousands):
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                                      <C>
      Twelve months ending September 30 --
         1998................................................................. $254
         1999.................................................................   56
         2000.................................................................   61
         2001.................................................................   66
         2002 and thereafter..................................................  640
</TABLE>
 
8. RELATED-PARTY LEASES:
 
  The Company leases a facility from the father of the Company's sole
stockholder for a monthly rental of $2,000 plus annual property taxes. The
lease is month-to-month, with no termination date.
 
  The Company also leases a facility from its sole stockholder at a monthly
rental of $2,800 plus annual property taxes. The lease is month-to-month, with
no termination date.
 
  Lease payments on the above facilities aggregated approximately $58,000 and
$43,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996, and the nine months ended
September 30, 1997, respectively.
 
 
                                     F-67
<PAGE>
 
                                 POTELCO, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:
 
   In connection with its collective bargaining agreements with various
electrical, labor and operating engineer unions, the Company participates with
other companies in the unions' multiemployer pension plans. These plans cover
all of the Company's employees who are members of such unions. The Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended by the Multi-Employer
Pension Plan Amendments Act of 1980, imposes certain liabilities upon
employers who are contributors to a multiemployer plan in the event of the
employer's withdrawal from, or upon termination of, such plan. The Company has
no plans to withdraw from these plans. The plans do not maintain information
on net assets and actuarial present value of the accumulated share of the
plan's unfunded vested benefits allocable to the Company, and amounts, if any,
for which the Company may be contingently liable are not ascertainable at this
time. Total contributions to the plans were approximately $246,000 and
$247,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996, and the nine months ended
September 30, 1997, respectively.
 
  The Company has two retirement plans covering all employees not included in
a collective bargaining unit. These noncontributory plans consist of a money
purchase pension plan and a profit-sharing plan. The money purchase pension
plan requires Company contributions equal to 10 percent of the covered
salaries. Contributions to this plan totaled approximately $27,000 and $26,000
for the year ended December 31, 1996, and the nine months ended September 30,
1997, respectively. The Company made discretionary contributions to the
profit-sharing plan of approximately $14,000 and $36,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1996, and the nine months ended September 30, 1997, respectively.
In addition, during the nine months ended September 30, 1997, the Company
accrued $30,000 related to employee bonuses that are anticipated to the be
paid subsequent to September 30, 1997.
 
10. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS:
 
  The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,
accounts receivable, a line of credit, accounts payable, notes payable and
debt. The Company believes that the carrying value of these instruments on the
accompanying balance sheets approximates their fair value.
 
11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
 
 Litigation
 
  The Company is involved in disputes or legal actions arising in the ordinary
course of business. Management does not believe the outcome of such legal
actions will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial
position or results of operations.
 
 Insurance
 
  The Company carries a broad range of insurance coverage, including business
auto liability, general liability, workers' compensation and an umbrella
policy.
 
 Performance Bonds
 
  In certain circumstances, the Company is required to provide performance
bonds in connection with its contract commitments which are personally
guaranteed by certain stockholders of the Company.
 
                                     F-68
<PAGE>
 
                                 POTELCO, INC.
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)
 
12. MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND RISK CONCENTRATION:
 
  During the year ended December 31, 1996, three customers accounted for 36%,
20% and 12% of the Company's revenues, respectively. During the nine months
ended September 30, 1997, three customers accounted for 37%, 18% and 10% of
the Company's revenues, respectively.
 
  The Company grants credit, generally without collateral, to its customers,
which are located primarily in the northwestern United States. Consequently,
the Company is subject to potential credit risk related to changes in business
and economic factors within this region. However, management believes that its
contract acceptance, billing and collection policies are adequate to minimize
the potential credit risk.
 
13. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS TO DATE OF AUDITORS' REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC
ACCOUNTANTS (UNAUDITED):
 
  In December 1997, the Company and its stockholder entered into a definitive
agreement with Quanta Services, Inc. (Quanta), subject to certain conditions
pursuant to which all outstanding shares of the Company's common stock will be
exchanged for cash and shares of Quanta common stock, concurrent with the
consummation of an initial public offering (the Offering) of additional common
stock by Quanta. In addition, the key executives of the Company will enter
into employment agreements with the Company and Quanta which have an initial
term of three years, and generally restricts the disclosure of confidential
information as well as restricts competition with the Company and Quanta for a
period of five years following termination of employment.
 
  Prior to the closing of the transaction noted above, the Company plans to
make a Sub S distribution of approximately $2.0 million estimated based on the
Company's retained earnings balance at September 30, 1997. The Company intends
to fund the distribution through bank borrowings. The Company will make the
Sub S distribution to its owner of substantially all of the previously-taxed
undistributed earnings through December 31, 1997.
 
                                     F-69
<PAGE>
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
  NO DEALER, SALES REPRESENTATIVE OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, AND, IF GIVEN OR
MADE, SUCH INFORMATION AND REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING
BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, SECURITIES
OTHER THAN THE REGISTERED SECURITIES TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO, OR SO-
LICITATION OF, ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION
WOULD BE UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE
HEREUNDER SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THERE HAS
BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE
HEREOF.
 
                                 ------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Prospectus Summary........................................................    3
Risk Factors..............................................................    9
The Company...............................................................   15
Use of Proceeds...........................................................   16
Dividend Policy...........................................................   16
Capitalization............................................................   17
Dilution..................................................................   18
Selected Financial Data...................................................   19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations...............................................................   22
Business..................................................................   32
Management................................................................   40
Certain Transactions......................................................   45
Principal Stockholders....................................................   48
Description of Capital Stock..............................................   49
Shares Eligible for Future Sale...........................................   53
Underwriting..............................................................   55
Legal Matters.............................................................   56
Experts...................................................................   57
Additional Information....................................................   57
Index to Financial Statements.............................................  F-1
</TABLE>
 
                                 ------------
  UNTIL              , 1998 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, WHETHER OR
NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                5,000,000 Shares
 
                        [LOGO OF QUANTA APPEARS HERE]
 
                                  Common Stock
 
                                 ------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                 ------------
 
                                 BT ALEX. BROWN
 
                         BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS
 
                              SANDERS MORRIS MUNDY
 
                                            , 1998
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
 
                                    PART II
 
                    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
  The following table sets forth the expenses to be paid by the Company (other
than underwriting compensation expected to be incurred) in connection with the
offering described in this Registration Statement. All amounts are estimates,
except the SEC Registration Fee, the NASD Filing Fee and the NYSE Listing Fee.
 
<TABLE>
      <S>                                                         <C>
      SEC Registration Fee....................................... $   16,962.50
      NASD Filing Fee............................................      6,250.00
      NYSE Listing Fee...........................................    130,986.00
      Printing Costs.............................................    150,000.00
      Legal Fees and Expenses....................................    350,000.00
      Accounting Fees and Expenses...............................  2,000,000.00
      Transfer Agent and Registrar Fees and Expenses.............      7,500.00
      D & O Insurance............................................        85,000
      Miscellaneous..............................................    252,301.50
                                                                  -------------
          Total.................................................. $2,914,000.00
                                                                  =============
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
 Delaware General Corporation Law
 
  Section 145(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the
"DGCL") provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or
completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative
or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation)
by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent
of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as
a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including
attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding
if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct
was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment,
order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its
equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not
act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not
opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any
criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his
conduct was unlawful.
 
  Section 145(b) of the DGCL states that a corporation may indemnify any
person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any
threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the
corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he
is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or
was serving at the request or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys'
fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense
or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner
he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the
 
                                     II-1
<PAGE>
 
best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be
made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall
have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the
extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit
was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of
liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is
fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court
of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
  Section 145(c) of the DGCL provides that to the extent that a director,
officer, employee or agent of a corporation has been successful on the merits
or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in
subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145, or in defense of any claim, issue or
matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys'
fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith.
 
  Section 145(d) of the DGCL states that any indemnification under subsections
(a) and (b) of Section 145 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the
corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that
indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the
circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth
in subsections (a) and (b). Such determination shall be made (1) by the board
of directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were
not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not
obtainable, or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so
directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the
stockholders.
 
  Section 145(e) of the DGCL provides that expenses (including attorneys'
fees) incurred by an officer or director in defending any civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the
corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or
proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or
officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is
not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in Section
145. Such expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by other employees and
agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of
directors deems appropriate.
 
  Section 145(f) of the DGCL states that the indemnification and advancement
of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of
Section 145 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those
seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any
bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or
otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in
another capacity while holding such office.
 
  Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides that a corporation shall have the power
to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving
at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such
capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation
would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the
provisions of Section 145.
 
  Section 145(j) of the DGCL states that the indemnification and advancement
of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, Section 145 shall, unless
otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who
has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent, and shall inure to
the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
 Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
 
  The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that a
director of the Company shall not be personally liable to the Company or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
 
                                     II-2
<PAGE>
 
duty as a director, except for liability for unlawful payments of dividends or
unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided for in Section 174 of
the DGCL. If the DGCL is amended to authorize the further elimination or
limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of
the Company, in addition to the limitation on personal liability described
above, shall be limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended DGCL.
Further, any repeal or modification of such provision of the Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation by the stockholders of the Company shall
be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the
personal liability of a director of the Company existing at the time of such
repeal or modification.
 
 Bylaws
 
  The Bylaws of the Company provide that the Company will indemnify and hold
harmless any director or officer of the Company to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law, as in effect as of the date of the adoption of
the Bylaws or to such greater extent as applicable law may thereafter permit,
from and against all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, judgments,
penalties, fines, amounts paid in settlement and expenses (including
attorneys' fees) whatsoever arising out of any event or occurrence related to
the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Company and
further provide that the Company may, but is not required to, indemnify and
hold harmless any employee or agent of the Company or a director, officer,
employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust,
employee benefit plan or other enterprise who is or was serving in such
capacity at the written request of the Company; provided, however, that the
Company is only required to indemnify persons serving as directors, officers,
employees or agents of the Company for the expenses incurred in a proceeding
if such person has met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under
the laws of the State of Delaware for the Company to indemnify the claimant
for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense will be on the
Company. The Bylaws further provide that, in the event of any threatened, or
pending action, suit or proceeding in which any of the persons referred to
above is a party or is involved and that may give rise to a right of
indemnification under the Bylaws, following written request by such person,
the Company will promptly pay to such person amounts to cover expenses
reasonably incurred by such person in such proceeding in advance of its final
disposition upon the receipt by the Company of (i) a written undertaking
executed by or on behalf of such person providing that such person will repay
the advance if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to
be indemnified by the Company as provided in the Bylaws and (ii) satisfactory
evidence as to the amount of such expenses.
 
 Underwriting Agreement
 
  The Underwriting Agreement provides for the indemnification of the directors
and officers of the Company in certain circumstances.
 
 Insurance
 
  The Company intends to maintain liability insurance for the benefit of its
directors and officers.
 
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
  The following information relates to securities issued or sold by the
Company within the last three years:
 
    (a) Quanta was initially capitalized in August 1997 by several
  independent investors, including Midwest Acquisition Support, LLC (an
  entity controlled by Bernard J. Gram), Kevin D. Miller, Steven P. Colmar
  and William G. Parkhouse, an advisory director of the Company, and certain
  of their affiliates, who paid aggregate cash consideration of $10.47 for
  1,048 shares of pre-split common stock that were reclassified into
  1,620,624 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock.
 
    (b) In November 1997 Main Street paid cash consideration of $9.60 for 960
  shares of pre-split common stock that were reclassified into 1,484,542
  shares of Limited Vote Common Stock.
 
    (c) In November 1997, James H. Haddox, Chief Financial Officer of the
  Company, paid $.65 cash for shares of pre-split common stock that were
  reclassified into 100,000 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock.
 
                                     II-3
<PAGE>
 
    (d) In December 1997, the Company issued 37,500 shares of Limited Vote
  Common Stock to Derrick Jensen, Vice President and Controller of the
  Company, for nominal consideration.
 
    (e) In January 1998, the Company issued, for nominal consideration,
  20,000 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock to each of Messrs. James R.
  Ball, Rodney R. Proto and Michael T. Willis, who have all agreed to become
  directors of the Company upon the consummation of the Offering.
 
    (f) The Company has agreed to issue shares of Limited Vote Common Stock
  in an amount equal to $375,000 divided by the initial Offering price to an
  investor who agreed to advance the Company up to $125,000 prior to the
  Offering in order to cover expenses. At an assumed offering price of $9.00
  per share, this will result in 41,667 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock
  being issued in connection with this transaction.
 
    (g) Concurrent with the closing of the Offering, the Company will issue
  500 shares of Limited Vote Common Stock to each of two consultants in
  consideration for services rendered to the Company prior to the Offering.
 
    (h) In connection with the Acquisition, the Company will acquire all of
  the outstanding shares of equity stock of the Founding Companies in
  exchange for an aggregate of 7,527,000 shares of Common Stock and $21.0
  million in cash.
 
  All of the transactions described above were exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) thereunder. All of
such sales were conducted without any public solicitation and all of the
purchasers were provided with all material information that was available
regarding the Company. All of such purchasers were informed that the
transactions were being effected without registration under the Securities Act
and that the shares acquired by them could not be resold without registration
under the Securities Act unless the sale was effected pursuant to an exemption
from the registration requirements thereof. All of such purchasers also agreed
to contractual restrictions on the resale of the shares acquired by them.
 
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
  (a) Exhibits.
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                               DESCRIPTION
 -------                              -----------
 <C>     <S>
   1.1   --Form of Underwriting Agreement**
   2.1   --Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Organization dated as of
          December 11, 1997 by and among Quanta Services, Inc. and PAR
          Electrical Contractors, Inc. and its stockholders**
   2.2   --Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Organization dated as of
          December 11, 1997 by and among Quanta Services, Inc. and Union Power
          Construction Company and its stockholders**
   2.3   --Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Organization dated as of
          December 11, 1997 by and among Quanta Services, Inc. and TRANS TECH
          Electric, Inc. and its stockholders**
   2.4   --Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Organization dated as of
          December 11, 1997 by and among Quanta Services, Inc. and Potelco,
          Inc. and its stockholders**
   3.1   --Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation**
   3.2   --Amended and Restated Bylaws**
   4.1   --Form of Common Stock Certificate**
   5.1   --Opinion of Jackson Walker L.L.P.
  10.1   --Form of Employment Agreement**
  10.2   --1997 Stock Option Plan**
  21.1   --Subsidiaries**
  23.1   --Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
  23.2   --Consent of Jackson Walker L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5)
</TABLE>    
 
                                     II-4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                                   DESCRIPTION
 -------                                  -----------
 <C>     <S>
  23.4   --Consent of John R. Wilson**
  23.5   --Consent of Timothy A. Soule**
  23.6   --Consent of John A. Martell**
  23.7   --Consent of Gary A. Tucci**
  23.8   --Consent of Michael T. Willis**
  23.9   --Consent of Rodney R. Proto**
  23.10  --Consent of James R. Ball**
  24.1   --Power of Attorney**
  27     --Financial Data Schedule**
</TABLE>    
- --------
**Previously filed.
 
  (b) Financial Statement Schedules.
 
  All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or because the
required information is contained in the Financial Statements or Notes
thereto.
 
ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.
 
  The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows:
 
    (1) To provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the
  Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in
  such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to
  each purchaser.
 
    (2) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
  Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling
  persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14,
  or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the
  Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in
  the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a
  claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payments
  by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or
  controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any
  action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or
  controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the
  registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
  settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
  jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against
  public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
  the final adjudication of such issue.
 
    (3) That, for the purposes of determining any liability under the
  Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed
  as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
  contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule
  424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be
  part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared
  effective.
 
    (4) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the
  Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of
  prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to
  the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that
  time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                     II-5
<PAGE>
 
                                  SIGNATURES
   
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, Quanta Services, Inc.
has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of
Texas, on February 10, 1998.     
 
                                          Quanta Services, Inc.
 
                                              
                                          By:      /s/ John R. Colson
                                              ---------------------------------
                                                      John R. Colson
                                                  Chief Executive Officer
   
  Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, as amended, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities indicated and on February 10, 1998.     
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 SIGNATURE                                TITLE
                 ---------                                -----
 
<S>                                         <C>
            /s/ John R. Colson              Chief Executive Officer
- ------------------------------------------- (Principal Executive Officer)
               John R. Colson
 
           /s/ James H. Haddox              Chief Financial Officer
- ------------------------------------------- (Principal Financial and
              James H. Haddox               Accounting Officer)
 
           /s/ Vincent D. Foster            Director
- ------------------------------------------- 
              Vincent D. Foster
</TABLE>
 
                                     II-6
<PAGE>
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>   
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
 NUMBER                               DESCRIPTION
 -------                              -----------
 <C>     <S>
   1.1   --Form of Underwriting Agreement**
   2.1   --Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Organization dated as of
           December 11, 1997 by and among Quanta Services, Inc. and PAR
           Electrical Contractors, Inc. and its stockholders**
   2.2   --Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Organization dated as of
           December 11, 1997 by and among Quanta Services, Inc. and Union Power
           Construction Company and its stockholders**
   2.3   --Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Organization dated as of
           December 11, 1997 by and among Quanta Services, Inc. and TRANS TECH
           Electric, Inc. and its stockholders**
   2.4   --Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Organization dated as of
           December 11, 1997 by and among Quanta Services, Inc. and Potelco,
           Inc. and its stockholders**
   3.1   --Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
   3.2   --Amended and Restated Bylaws
   4.1   --Form of Common Stock Certificate
   5.1   --Opinion of Jackson Walker L.L.P.
  10.1   --Form of Employment Agreement**
  10.2   --1997 Stock Option Plan**
  21.1   --Subsidiaries**
  23.1   --Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
  23.2   --Consent of Jackson Walker L.L.P. (contained in Exhibit 5)
  23.4   --Consent of John R. Wilson**
  23.5   --Consent of Timothy A. Soule**
  23.6   --Consent of John A. Martell**
  23.7   --Consent of Gary A. Tucci**
  23.8   --Consent of Michael T. Willis**
  23.9   --Consent of Rodney R. Proto**
  23.10  --Consent of James R. Ball**
  24.1   --Power of Attorney**
  27     --Financial Data Schedule**
</TABLE>    
- --------
       
**Previously filed.

<PAGE>
                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1

                                     
                               February 10, 1998      

Quanta Services, Inc.
3555 Timmons Lane
Suite 610
Houston, Texas 77027

     Re:  Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Quanta Services, Inc.
          -----------------------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We are acting as counsel for Quanta Services, Inc., a Delaware corporation
(the "Company"), in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Act"), of the offering and sale of up to 5,000,000 shares
(and up to an additional 750,000 shares to cover Underwriters' overallotments)
of the Company's Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the "Shares"),
which Shares are issuable in connection with the Company's initial public
offering. A Registration Statement (as amended, the "Registration Statement") on
Form S-1 (No. 333-42957) covering the offering and sale of the Shares was filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") on December 22,
1997.

     In reaching the conclusions expressed in this opinion, we have examined and
relied upon originals or certified copies of all documents, certificates and
instruments as we have deemed necessary to the opinions expressed herein. In
making the foregoing examinations, we have assumed the genuineness of all
signatures on original documents, the authenticity of all documents submitted to
us as originals and the conformity of original documents to all copies submitted
to us.

     Based solely upon the foregoing, subject to the comments hereinafter
stated, and limited in all respects to the laws of the State of Texas, the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal laws of the
United States of America, it is our opinion that the Shares, when sold in
accordance with the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, a form of which was
filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, will be validly and legally
issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

<PAGE>
 
Quanta Services, Inc.
    
February 10, 1998      
Page 2


     We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an Exhibit to the
Registration Statement and to the reference to us under "Legal Matters" in the
prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement. In giving this consent,
we do not admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is
required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the
Commission promulgated thereunder.


                                       Very truly yours,
                                           
                                       /s/ Jackson Walker L.L.P.      

                                       JACKSON WALKER L.L.P.

<PAGE>
 
                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.1
 
                   CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our reports
dated December 5, 1997, on the financial statements of the following
businesses included in or made a part of this registration statement on Form
S-1: PAR Electrical Contractors, Inc.; Quanta Services, Inc.; Union Power
Construction Company; TRANS TECH Electric, Inc.; and Potelco, Inc.; and to all
references to our firm included in this registration statement.
 
 
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Houston, Texas
February 9, 1998


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission